WO2022163885A1 - Connection type vessel - Google Patents

Connection type vessel Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022163885A1
WO2022163885A1 PCT/KR2021/001278 KR2021001278W WO2022163885A1 WO 2022163885 A1 WO2022163885 A1 WO 2022163885A1 KR 2021001278 W KR2021001278 W KR 2021001278W WO 2022163885 A1 WO2022163885 A1 WO 2022163885A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
hull
hulls
connection
inter
deck
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2021/001278
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
양동규
Original Assignee
양동규
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 양동규 filed Critical 양동규
Priority to PCT/KR2021/001278 priority Critical patent/WO2022163885A1/en
Publication of WO2022163885A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022163885A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63BSHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPPING 
    • B63B15/00Superstructures, deckhouses, wheelhouses or the like; Arrangements or adaptations of masts or spars, e.g. bowsprits
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63BSHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPPING 
    • B63B17/00Vessels parts, details, or accessories, not otherwise provided for
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63BSHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPPING 
    • B63B21/00Tying-up; Shifting, towing, or pushing equipment; Anchoring
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63BSHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPPING 
    • B63B35/00Vessels or similar floating structures specially adapted for specific purposes and not otherwise provided for
    • B63B35/50Vessels or floating structures for aircraft
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63BSHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPPING 
    • B63B73/00Building or assembling vessels or marine structures, e.g. hulls or offshore platforms
    • B63B73/20Building or assembling prefabricated vessel modules or parts other than hull blocks, e.g. engine rooms, rudders, propellers, superstructures, berths, holds or tanks
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63GOFFENSIVE OR DEFENSIVE ARRANGEMENTS ON VESSELS; MINE-LAYING; MINE-SWEEPING; SUBMARINES; AIRCRAFT CARRIERS
    • B63G11/00Aircraft carriers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a connecting type ship connecting a plurality of hulls.
  • the ship's equipment is considered, and the appropriate ship's equipment is determined by the ratio of the length of the ship to the width of the ship.
  • This suitable boat ratio is in the order of 1:8 to 1:10. Therefore, in order to build a large ship, it is necessary to consider not only the captain of the ship but also the width of the ship, so a long and wide dock is required. However, it is practically difficult to have such a construction facility and it requires high cost, so it is very difficult to build a very large vessel in reality.
  • An aircraft carrier deploys, maintains, and repairs aircraft at sea, and can be called a 'marine air base'. Therefore, it is advantageous in many ways to enlarge the aircraft carrier as well as possible.
  • An aircraft carrier can be classified into a supercarrier (about 100,000t class), a large aircraft carrier, a medium-sized aircraft carrier, and a light aircraft carrier according to the size.
  • a supercarrier about 100,000t class
  • Such an aircraft carrier is advantageous in many ways to be manufactured as wide and long as possible as a number of aircraft carriers are loaded and landed.
  • the aircraft carrier like other ships, is also very difficult to build a very large aircraft carrier due to the increase in fluid resistance due to the increase in ship width and the inadequacy of large-scale construction facilities.
  • the large aircraft carrier has a disadvantage in tactical operation due to its large swiveling angle.
  • the first object of the present invention is to increase the length of the hull more than twice (theoretically indefinitely) while not expanding the width of the hull or minimizing the degree of expansion, so that it is advantageous to manufacture, maintain, and operate a super-large ship. intends to provide
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel capable of securing safety by connecting a plurality of hulls to allow hull oscillation or inter-hull oscillation of each hull.
  • connection type vessel capable of limiting the height difference between hulls that occurs depending on the wave height and speed by restricting the fluctuations between the hulls if necessary, but allowing the sway of each hull or the sway between the hulls.
  • a second object of the present invention is to connect a plurality of hulls, but to provide a connection type vessel in which a person, a load, or a transport machine on which the load is mounted can smoothly move between both hulls.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a connection type vessel capable of minimizing the height difference due to fluctuations between the hulls but installing a connection part between the plurality of hulls.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel capable of increasing the durability of a connection part connecting a plurality of hulls.
  • a third object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type ship that can facilitate the movement of the loaded interfloor but forming the hull in multiple layers.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a connection type ship having a load running space so that a drivable load loaded on the hull can move between floors by its own power.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel equipped with an automatic transfer device in a load running space to facilitate interfloor movement of a traversable load.
  • a fourth object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel capable of optimizing the operating characteristics of a container ship passing through several places by significantly reducing the stopping, unloading, and loading times at the port.
  • a fifth object of the present invention is to increase the length of an offshore structure more than twice (theoretically indefinitely) while not expanding the width of the offshore structure or minimizing the degree of expansion, which is advantageous for the manufacture, maintenance, and operation of a very large offshore structure. It is intended to provide a connected offshore structure.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a connected offshore structure that can secure safety by connecting a plurality of offshore structures so that oscillation of each offshore structure or oscillation between offshore structures is allowed.
  • connection type offshore structure capable of limiting the height difference between offshore structures that occurs depending on the wave height and ship speed by restricting the fluctuations between offshore structures if necessary, while allowing the sway of each offshore structure or between offshore structures. There is a purpose to do that.
  • the first hull and the second hull having their own power are connected in a spaced apart state from each other, and inter-hull oscillation is possible between the first hull and the second hull. It is intended to provide a connected ship that is connected to do so.
  • connection-type vessel capable of smooth movement in the inter-hull loading space.
  • connection type ship having an inter-hull connection so that the hulls facing each other can be shaken.
  • a free connection between hulls for connecting a plurality of hulls to enable inter-hull sway; And it is provided on one side of the free connection between the hulls to provide a connection-type vessel comprising a restraint connection between the hulls constraining a part of the sway between the hulls.
  • a plurality of hulls and at least one or more inter-hull connecting parts for connecting the plurality of hulls to each other, wherein the inter-hull connecting part is installed in at least one of a longitudinal direction and a width direction of the plurality of hulls, and the plurality of hulls
  • a connected type vessel may be provided which is provided to allow at least a part of the hull sway or inter-hull sway of the hull.
  • the hull-to-hull connection portion a first connecting member provided in the first hull among the plurality of hulls; and a second connecting member provided on the second hull among the plurality of hulls and coupled to the first connecting member.
  • the first connecting member and the second connecting member may be freely rotatably connected.
  • the inter-hull connection part may include an inter-hull constraint connection part coupled to the first hull among the plurality of hulls, and the inter-hull constraint connection part may be slidably coupled in the vertical direction.
  • the inter-hull constraint connection part and the inter-hull free connection part may be slidably coupled in the vertical direction.
  • the inter-hull constraint connection part may be rotatably coupled to the first hull in one direction, and the inter-hull free connection part may be freely rotatably coupled to the second hull.
  • inter-hull constraint connection portion may be fixedly coupled to the first hull
  • inter-hull free connection portion may be fixedly coupled to the second hull
  • the inter-hull connection unit may further include a braking unit connected to the plurality of hulls to slide in an up-down direction with each other, and a braking unit for restricting sliding of the plurality of hulls in a mutual up-down direction.
  • the hull-to-hull connection portion a guide rail provided on the first hull among the plurality of hulls; And one end is coupled to the guide rail, the other end may include a guide block coupled to the second hull facing the first hull.
  • the guide block may be allowed to slide with respect to the vertical direction of the second hull of the first hull.
  • the guide rail may include a sliding space extending in a vertical direction; and a connection slit extending vertically along the sliding space from one side of the sliding space.
  • the guide block may include a block part which is slidably inserted in the vertical direction into the sliding space of the guide rail; and a connecting protrusion extending from the block portion and slidably inserted in the vertical direction along the connecting slit, and provided to be connected to the second hull.
  • the guide rail may be coupled to be fixed to the first hull, and the guide block may be coupled to the second hull to allow free rotation to allow inter-hull sway.
  • the guide rail may be coupled to the first hull to enable vertical rotation
  • the guide block may be coupled to the second hull to allow free rotation to allow inter-hull sway.
  • the first hull may be provided with a guide cover so that at least one end of the both ends of the guide rail is rotatably inserted.
  • the guide cover may be provided with an elastic member to elastically support both ends of the guide rail in the rotational direction.
  • a braking slit extending in the vertical direction may be formed on the guide rail, and a braking rail extending in the vertical direction may be formed on one side of the braking slit in the width direction.
  • a braking protrusion may be formed in the guide block to slide in a vertical direction on the braking slit, and a braking unit may be selectively attached to and detached from the braking rail to restrict the vertical sliding of the guide block.
  • a hull spacing maintaining part may be further provided between the plurality of hulls.
  • the hull spacing maintaining part may be selectively extended along the longitudinal direction of the hull toward the hull facing the hull.
  • the plurality of hulls may be connected in a state spaced apart from each other by a predetermined interval, and an inter-deck connecting portion connecting both hulls may be provided between the plurality of hulls.
  • the inter-deck connection part may be supported by being hinged to one hull at one end between the plurality of hulls and the other end being detachably mounted on the other hull.
  • the deck-to-deck connection part may be made of a plurality of connection plates arranged along the longitudinal direction of the hull.
  • the plurality of connection plates may be hinged to each other and selectively supported or released by a connection plate elevating unit provided on either hull.
  • the plurality of hulls are provided in multiple layers, respectively, the lower layer is provided with a hangar for loading drivable traveling loads, and the upper layer has a deck portion provided with a runway for the traveling loads to travel; And it is provided on each of the plurality of hulls may further include a traveling unit for moving the traveling load in the floor and between the floors of the deck portion to travel.
  • the traveling unit may include: an inner-floor traveling unit provided on a lower layer forming the hangar and an upper layer forming the runway, respectively; And it is provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls, it may include an interfloor running part for connecting the inner running part provided in the lower layer and the inner running part provided in the upper layer to each other.
  • the upper layer of the deck portion of the first hull among the plurality of hulls extends longer than the lower layer, and the guide rail may be fixedly coupled to the upper layer of the deck portion.
  • the first hull among the plurality of hulls is provided with a guide cover such that at least one end of the both ends of the guide rail is rotatably inserted, and the guide cover may be fixedly coupled to the upper layer of the deck portion.
  • a plurality of hulls In addition, in order to achieve the object of the present invention, a plurality of hulls; an inter-hull connecting portion connecting the plurality of hulls;
  • the plurality of hulls are provided in multiple layers, respectively, the lower layer is provided with a hangar for loading drivable traveling loads, and the upper layer has a deck portion provided with a runway for the traveling loads to travel; It is provided in each of the plurality of hulls may include a traveling unit for moving the traveling load in the floor and between the floors of the deck portion to travel.
  • the traveling unit may include: an inner-floor traveling unit provided on a lower layer forming the hangar and an upper layer forming the runway, respectively; And it is provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls, it may include an interfloor running part for connecting the inner running part provided in the lower layer and the inner running part provided in the upper layer to each other.
  • the hangar may be provided in a central portion between both ends of the lower floor, and at least one side of both sides of the hangar may be provided with an intra-floor running portion in which the running load travels within the corresponding floor.
  • An interlevel running part may be provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls to connect the inner running part provided in the lower layer to the runway provided in the upper layer.
  • the inner running portion may be formed in parallel along the deck portion, and the interfloor running portion may be formed to be inclined with respect to the deck portion.
  • the intra-floor traveling unit or the inter-floor traveling unit may be provided with an automatic transfer unit that automatically moves the traveling load by mounting it.
  • the hangar may be formed by a multi-layered deck forming the runway, and the multi-layered deck may be opened in the width direction of the plurality of hulls to open the hangar.
  • the deck portion may be provided with an electromagnetic wave shielding film covering between the lower layer and the upper layer.
  • side flow forming passages are respectively formed from the lower surface of the hull to both sides, and the side flow forming passage may be provided with a side flow forming member to form a water flow in the lateral direction of the hull.
  • At least one hull among the plurality of hulls may be provided with an energy generating unit and an energy transmission unit for transferring the energy generated from the energy generating unit to another hull.
  • Another hull among the plurality of hulls may be provided with an energy receiving unit connected to the energy transmitting unit to drive its own power.
  • a manned hull having a ship engine to have self-navigating ability; at least one block hull connected to the manned hull and sailed by the manned hull; and an inter-hull connection part connecting between the manned hull and the block hull or between the block hulls, wherein the inter-hull connection part, the inter-hull connection part, includes either one of the manned hull and the block hull, or a guide rail provided on any one of the block hulls among the plurality of block hulls; And one end is coupled to the guide rail, the other end comprises a guide block coupled to the other hull facing the hull to which the guide rail is coupled, the guide block, the guide block, the hull facing each other to slide in the vertical direction It can be coupled to the rail.
  • connection-type vessel by connecting a plurality of hulls, can expand the overall length of the hull without increasing the width of the individual hulls, so it can be advantageous for the manufacture and maintenance of a super-large vessel that requires an increase in the captain .
  • connection type ship connects a plurality of hulls, but as they are connected so that the hull oscillation of both hulls is possible, the length of the entire hull is extended while maintaining the thickness of the frame forming the backbone including the surface of the hull. This can lower the construction cost of super-large ships.
  • connection type ship connects a plurality of hulls, but by rotatably installing a member for connecting the plurality of hulls, it effectively permits sway between the hulls to increase the stability of the connection device while connecting the plurality of hulls can
  • connection type ship connects a plurality of hulls, but each hull is formed into a double layer, so that the lower layer is a hangar and the upper layer is a runway.
  • connection type ship by fixing a member for connecting a plurality of hulls to the upper deck, it is possible to firmly fix the inter-hull connecting device.
  • connection type ship forms a plurality of hulls in multiple layers, but as it has an inner running part and an interfloor running part, interfloor for loads in the multi-story hull without a separate automatic transfer device can facilitate movement.
  • connection-type vessel by connecting a plurality of hulls to enable inter-hull sway, it is possible to facilitate operation by reducing the angle of change while constituting a very large vessel.
  • connection type ship connects a plurality of hulls, but as a plate-shaped inter-deck connection part connecting the decks of both hulls is installed, the spacing between the hulls while connecting to allow hull sway of both hulls It is possible to smooth the movement between the hulls by suppressing the occurrence.
  • connection type ship as the hull spacing maintaining part for maintaining the distance between the two hulls is installed, it is possible not only to secure the straightness of both hulls, but also to make waves that can be generated more significantly when changing the super large hull. It can overcome the resistance and make the very large vessel change smoothly.
  • connection type ship according to this embodiment is provided with a hull restraint connection part in the free connection part between the hulls connecting between the two hulls. can be limited. Accordingly, while connecting a plurality of hulls, it is possible to smoothly perform a role as a super large ship.
  • connection type ship As the inter-deck connection part connecting between the two hulls is divided into a plurality of pieces along the longitudinal direction or the width direction of the hull, the height difference occurs between the hulls due to the hull fluctuation of each hull. Even if it is possible, the height difference (or inclination difference) between the hulls can be minimized in response to the height difference between the hulls by the inter-deck connection part.
  • connection type vessel as the changing needle auxiliary unit is formed on the side surface of each hull, a side flow is formed during the changing needle so that the changing needle can be quickly performed or quickly restored after the change of the bed, so that the operation of the super large vessel is improved. can be done easily
  • connection type ship according to this embodiment is provided with an electromagnetic shielding unit including an electromagnetic shielding film between the lower deck and the upper deck. Exposure can be prevented, and thus the aircraft carrier can be suppressed from being exposed to the opponent's radar.
  • connection type ship connects a plurality of hulls, but by installing an energy generating unit in one hull, and providing energy generated from the energy generating unit to the other hull, The required energy can be produced or supplied directly from the sea. Accordingly, it is possible to increase energy efficiency by eliminating the need for vessels in voyage to enter a nearby port for fuel supply. In addition, transportation costs using ships can be significantly reduced.
  • connection type ship is a module ship by connecting a plurality of block hulls to the manned hull, thereby greatly reducing the stopping, unloading, and loading times at the port, thereby improving the operational characteristics of container ships passing through several places. can be optimized.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are separated according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers according to FIG. 1 are connected;
  • 3 and 4 are a side view and a plan view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are connected according to FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram showing the connection state between the hulls in FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing a state in which the deck-to-deck connection assembly is coupled in FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 8 and 9 are schematic diagrams shown to explain a corresponding case of the inter-deck connection in FIG. 5,
  • FIG. 10 is a side view showing another embodiment of the driving unit according to the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing another embodiment of the hull-to-hull connection part according to the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is an enlarged perspective view of the hull-to-hull connection part in FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 13 is a sectional view "IV-IV" of FIG. 12;
  • 14a and 14b are cross-sectional views respectively showing the release state and the restraint state of the inter-hull connection part according to FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view of FIG. 15 assembling
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 16 viewed from the front;
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the hull sway in FIG. 17 is in progress;
  • 19 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of a guide rail and a guide block
  • 20 is a plan view schematically showing the changing needle state of the aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a "V-V" front sectional view of FIG. 20;
  • 22 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of an electromagnetic wave shielding unit in an aircraft carrier according to the present invention.
  • connection type vessel 23 is a schematic view showing another embodiment of a connection type vessel according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic view showing another embodiment of a connected vessel according to the present invention.
  • 25 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a sea runway according to the present invention.
  • connection-type vessel according to the present invention will be described in detail based on an attached embodiment.
  • connection type ship includes all ships such as container ships, oil tankers, passenger ships, and warships.
  • ships such as container ships, oil tankers, passenger ships, and warships.
  • a warship will be described as an example, but a large-scale aircraft carrier among warships will be described as an example.
  • connection-type ship according to the present invention is described with a focus on the so-called 'vertical tip' in which a plurality of hulls are connected in the longitudinal direction corresponding to the longitudinal direction of the hull, but a plurality of hulls in the transverse direction corresponding to the width direction of the hull In the case of the so-called 'horizontal tip' connected by
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are separated according to this embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers according to FIG. 1 are connected
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 are according to FIG. It is a side view and a plan view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are connected.
  • connection-type aircraft carrier 1 a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 having their own power, and between the hulls connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 A connection part 13 may be included.
  • the plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 may include a first deck part 112 and a first driving part 113 , a second deck part 122 and a second driving part 123 , respectively. Since the first deck portion 112 and the second deck portion 122, the first traveling portion 113 and the second traveling portion 123 are provided in the carrier hull 11 and 12, respectively, for these, the carrier hull explain along with
  • the plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 may be formed of two or more carrier hulls.
  • the case where there are two carrier hulls 11 and 12 will be described as an example, but the carrier hull disposed at the front is the first hull 11, and the carrier hull disposed at the rear is the second hull (12) Define and explain.
  • the case where the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 each have their own power will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. That is, only the first hull 11 may have its own power, and only the second hull 12 may have its own power.
  • the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 have an inter-hull connection part 13 to be described later, a first deck part 112 and a second deck part 122, a first traveling part 113 and a second traveling part. Except for the part 123 and the like, it may be basically formed in the same or similar shape. Therefore, in the following description, the first hull 11 will be mainly described, and the second hull 12 will be replaced with the description of the first hull 11, but the first hull 11 and other parts will be the second hull 12 ) is explained in However, when describing the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 together, it can be defined and described as the first hull side or the leading side, the second hull side or the aft side.
  • the first hull 11 according to the present embodiment is partially submerged below the sea level and partly exposed above the sea level, a first hull part 111 having a self-powered marine engine; It includes a first deck portion 112 constituting the upper surface of the first hull portion (111).
  • first hull 111 is the same as or similar to other ships including a typical aircraft carrier, a detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, at the rear end of the first hull part 111, a part of the inter-hull connection part 13 to be described later is installed. This will be explained later.
  • the first deck portion 112 may be formed of multiple layers, for example, two layers. However, the first deck portion 112 may be formed of three or more layers, if necessary. However, in this embodiment, the first deck portion 112 will be mainly described with respect to an example in which two layers are formed.
  • the first deck part 112 may include a first lower deck 1121 forming a lower layer and a first upper deck 1122 forming an upper layer.
  • the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122 may be formed to have the same width, or may be formed to have different widths if necessary.
  • the width of the first upper deck 1122 may be narrower than the width of the first lower deck 1121 .
  • a first hangar 1121a is formed on the upper surface of the first lower deck 1121 to accommodate a plurality of aircraft (or aircraft), and a first runway 1122a may be formed on the upper surface of the first upper deck 1122. have. Although not shown in the drawings, when the first deck part 112 is made up of three layers, a runway is formed on the upper surface of the third deck part constituting the top layer, and the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper layer forming the lower layer. A first hangar 1121a may be formed on the upper surface of the deck 1122, respectively.
  • the first lower deck 1121 may be installed to cover the upper end of the first hull 111 .
  • the first lower deck 1121 may be formed to be the same as the width (eg, width) of the upper end of the hull, and may be formed to be wider in some cases. Considering the running part to be described later, it may be preferable that the width of the first lower deck 1121 is larger than the width of the hull part.
  • the first upper deck 1122 is supported by a plurality of first support columns or a first support wall (hereinafter collectively referred to as a first support column) on the upper side of the first lower deck 1121, and the first lower deck ( 1121) may be installed in a state spaced apart by a predetermined height. Accordingly, the first hangar 1121a described above may be installed between the upper surface of the first lower deck 1121 and the lower surface of the first upper deck 1122 .
  • the first hangar 1121a may be divided into a plurality of first containment surfaces 1121b along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first containment surface 1121b may be provided between each of the first support pillars 1121c, and a plurality of first containment surfaces 1121b may be provided with the first support column interposed therebetween.
  • Both sides of the first hangar 1121a according to the present embodiment forming the width direction of the first hull 11 may be opened or at least one side may be opened. Accordingly, the first hangar 1121a is formed in a side-opening type, so that even if an aircraft carrier is accidentally hit, the explosive force is released directly into the atmosphere and suppressed, thereby minimizing damage.
  • the first containment surface 1121b may be partitioned orthogonal to the longitudinal direction so that the aircraft carrier enters and exits in the width direction (or left and right direction) of the first hull 11, and enters and exits in the longitudinal direction or in a direction inclined with respect to the width direction. It may also be partitioned obliquely. Considering that the first inner running portion 1131, which will be described later, is provided on both sides of the first hangar 1121a in the width direction, the first containment surface 1121b is curved so as to form a forward direction with respect to the first inner running portion 1131. It may be desirable to partition in the photographic direction.
  • the aircraft stored in the first lower deck 1121 is the first upper deck 1122, or the first upper deck 1122.
  • An aircraft moving unit for moving the aircraft to the first lower deck 1121 may be provided.
  • An elevator may be applied to the aircraft moving unit.
  • the installation cost for the carrier moving part may increase and maintenance costs may occur.
  • it may be inefficient because the number of aircraft that can be moved for a set period of time is small with the aircraft carrier moving unit using the elevator.
  • a first interfloor running part 1132 connecting between the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122 may be further provided.
  • the first traveling unit 113 connects between the first hangar 1121a and the first runway 1122a to form a traveling path on which the aircraft carrier moves. , It may be formed on both sides or one side of the tip and the first hull (11).
  • the first traveling part 113 may be connected to the second traveling part 123 of the second hull 12 to be described later in a closed loop shape.
  • the first traveling unit 113 may include a first intra-floor traveling unit 1131 and a first inter-floor traveling unit 1132 .
  • the first inner running part 1131 is a running path on which the aircraft moves within each floor of the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122
  • the first interfloor running part 1132 is the first lower deck ( 1121) and the first upper deck 1122 is a traveling path on which the aircraft moves.
  • the first inner-floor running unit 1131 and the first inter-floor running unit 1132 may be connected to each other to form a closed-loop driving path in the entire aircraft carrier.
  • the first traveling unit 113 may be made independently of the second traveling unit 123 of the second hull 12 to be described later.
  • the traveling unit 113 and the second traveling unit 123 of the second hull 12 are organically linked to each other.
  • first inner-floor running portion 1131 provided on the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122, respectively, is connected to each other by the first inter-floor running portion 1132, and the second lower deck
  • the second inner-floor running parts 1231 respectively provided on the 1221 and the second upper deck 1222 may be connected to each other by the second inter-floor running parts 1232 .
  • first inner running part 1131 of the first lower deck 1121 is connected to the second inner running part 1231 of the second lower deck 1221, and the first inner running part of the first upper deck 1122
  • the part 1131 may be connected to the second inner running part 1231 of the second upper deck 1222 .
  • the first traveling portion 113 of the first hull 11 is impregnated with the second traveling portion 123 of the second hull 12 to form a closed loop.
  • a first hangar 1121a is formed on the central side of the first lower deck 1121 of the first hull 11, and a first inner running part 1131 is formed on both left and right sides of the first hangar 1121a, respectively.
  • a first lower layer inner running portion 1131a forming a part of may be formed.
  • the first lower inner running portion 1131a may be formed on one side of the first hangar 1121a.
  • an example in which the first lower inner running portion 1131a is formed on both sides of the first hangar 1121a will be mainly described.
  • the first lower inner running portion 1131a may be formed along both sides of the first hangar 1121a to have an area corresponding to the width or length of the aircraft carrier.
  • the first lower inner running portion 1131a may be formed parallel to and on the same plane as the first hangar 1121a. Accordingly, the aircraft carrier uses the first lower inner running portion 1131a from the first runway 1122a constituting the first upper inner running portion 1131b toward the first hangar 1121a, and from the first hangar 1121a. It may move toward the first runway 1122a.
  • the first upper inner running portion 1131b is a running portion forming the first runway 1122a as described above, and may include the entire upper surface of the first upper deck 1122 .
  • the first interfloor running part 1132 is one end of the first inner running part 1131 so as to connect one end (end) of the first inner running part 1131 and the first runway 1122a of the first upper deck 1122. It may be formed extending from the (tip).
  • the first interfloor running portion 1132 may be formed to be connected to the first runway 1122a provided on the first upper deck 1122 at one end (end) of the first inner floor running portion 1131 .
  • the first inter-floor running portion 1132 may be formed to correspond to the first inner-floor running portion 1131 .
  • the first interfloor running unit 1132 extends in both left and right directions (or lateral direction) around the first runway 1122a and may be connected to the first inner floor running unit 1131, as shown in FIG.
  • the first interfloor running unit 1132 extends from either side of the left and right direction (or width direction, lateral direction) with respect to the first runway 1122a and may be connected to the first interfloor running unit 1131 have.
  • the first interfloor running unit 1132 is inclined by a predetermined angle so that the aircraft carrier can move from the first lower deck 1121 to the first upper deck 1122 using its own power. can be formed.
  • the first interfloor running unit 1132 may be provided with an automatic transfer unit using a separate electric motor, such as a conveyor, to transfer the aircraft. This will be described later as another embodiment of the inter-floor running unit.
  • a first direction changing part ( 1133) may be further formed at the upper end of the first interfloor running part 1132.
  • the first direction change unit 1133 may be formed as a space having a predetermined width so that the aircraft aircraft can change the direction by itself, or may be formed of an electric rotation unit (not shown) that rotates the aircraft aircraft on its own. In the latter case, the area of the first direction changing unit 1133 may be minimized.
  • first inter-floor running unit may be formed on only one side of both first inter-floor running units, and the other side may be used for an existing elevator or other purpose.
  • the second hull 12 according to the present embodiment, as described above, the second lower deck, respectively, on the upper side of the second hull part 121, like the first hull 11, Consists of 1221 and the second upper deck 1222, and between the second lower deck 1221 and the second upper deck 1222 is a second hangar 1221a including a plurality of second containment surfaces 1221b.
  • a second runway 1222a may be formed on the upper surface of the second upper deck 1222, respectively. Since the second hangar 1221a and the second runway 1222a are the same as the first hangar 1121a and the first runway 1122a of the first hull 11, a description thereof is given in the first hull 11. replace with
  • the ship thrust unit (not shown) and/or the landing braking unit (not shown) may be installed on the second runway 1222a.
  • the ship thrust unit is commonly known as a catapult
  • the landing brake unit is known as an arresting wire.
  • Such a catapult and arresting wire may be installed on the second runway 1222a.
  • the length of the runway by connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 is twice or more than that of a conventional aircraft carrier. Accordingly, in the connected aircraft carrier (1) according to the present embodiment, even if the above-described in-ship thrust unit or landing braking unit is excluded or installed, it can be installed in a small size. In particular, when the landing braking unit is installed, it may be installed on the first runway 1122a including the end of the runway. In this case, since the kinetic energy is almost reduced while passing through the longer runway during landing of the aircraft, the impact applied to the landing braking unit can be remarkably reduced, thereby extending the life of the landing braking unit. Since these in-ship thrust units and landing braking units are devices widely applied in aircraft carriers, detailed descriptions thereof will be omitted.
  • the second hull 12 may include a second traveling part 123 like the first hull 11 .
  • the second traveling unit 123 forms a traveling path along with the first traveling unit 113 of the first hull 11 on which the aircraft carrier moves in the aircraft carrier.
  • the second traveling unit 123 includes a second inner-floor traveling unit 1231 and a second inter-floor traveling unit 1232 .
  • the second inner running part 1231 is provided on both sides or one side of the second hangar 1221a, like the first inner running part 1131, and the second interfloor running part 1232 is the first interfloor running part ( 1132), it may be provided to extend from both sides or one side around the second runway 1222a.
  • the second inner running part 1231 is formed in parallel with the first hangar 1121a on the same plane as the first inner running part 1131 , and the second interfloor running part 1232 is the first interfloor running part 1132 . ), it may be formed as an inclined surface so as to connect the second lower deck 1221 and the second upper deck.
  • a second direction changing portion 1133 capable of changing the direction of the aircraft by connecting the second interfloor running portion 1232 to the second runway 1222a is further formed.
  • the inter-hull connection part 13 may include an inter-hull free connection part 131 and an inter-deck connection part 134 .
  • the inter-hull free connection part 131 is a part connecting the hull part 111 of the first hull 11 and the hull part 121 of the second hull 12 to each other
  • the inter-deck connection part 134 is the first A portion connecting the deck portion 112 of the hull 11 and the deck portion 122 of the second hull 12 to each other.
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view showing the inter-hull connection part according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating the inter-hull connection state in FIG. 5 .
  • the inter-hull free connection part 131 connects the stern of the first hull 11 constituting the connection type aircraft carrier 1 and the bow of the second hull 12 .
  • the inter-hull free connection part 131 may be installed on the center line CL passing through the center of the width direction of the first hull (and the second hull) 11 to connect both hulls.
  • the inter-hull free connection part 131 is composed of a first connecting member 1311 provided at the stern of the first hull 11 and a second connecting member 1311 provided at the bow of the second hull 12 .
  • the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 may be connected without constraining each oscillation of the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 to each other.
  • the free connection part 131 between the hulls may have a bicyclic connection structure.
  • the first connecting member 1311 is a transverse ring
  • the second connecting member 1311 is a longitudinal ring, respectively, so that the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 are fitted with each other to form a twin ring. form can be connected.
  • the bicyclic connection structure may be understood as a link connection structure or a chain connection structure.
  • first connection member and the second connection member are not connected by a twin-ring connection structure or a link connection structure or a chain connection structure, and the first connection member and the second connection member are integrally connected.
  • the ends of the connecting members connected to each hull may be connected in a structure capable of free rotation, such as a universal joint. This may be applied even in a state in which the first connecting member and the second connecting member are connected in a bicyclic connecting structure.
  • the inner diameter of the ring of the first connecting member 1311 and the inner diameter of the ring of the second connecting member 1311 may be formed to be larger than the wire diameter of each of the connecting members 1311 and 1312 . Accordingly, in the state in which the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 are connected to each other in a bicyclic form, each of the connecting members 1311 and 1312 moves in each direction, specifically, each hull 11 ( 12) fluctuations or inter-hull fluctuations are not mutually constrained.
  • each rolling (rolling), pitching 6 types of agitation within a certain range including (sideways sway, pitching), yaw (forward sway, yawing), heaving (up and down sway, heaving), swaying (left and right sway, swaying), and surging (back-and-forth movement, surging) may be permitted in
  • the free connection part 131 between hulls according to this embodiment, the surging, which is a movement in the front-rear direction between both hulls, has a relatively small allowable range compared to other movements, so that the longitudinal direction between the hulls is mutually constrained to maintain the connected state.
  • the free connection part 131 between the hulls according to the present embodiment may be provided with a first connection member 1311 and a second connection member 1311 detachably.
  • the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311, at least one of the connecting member by disassembling the ring portion is formed to be able to separate the other connecting member, or the connecting member 1311 ( 1312) itself may be formed to be separable from the hull 11 and 12.
  • the free connection part 131 between the hulls connects both hulls 11 and 12 to extend the length of the runway, or if some hull damage occurs during a hit or other operation, the damage spreads by separating the damaged hull. can be prevented in advance.
  • the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are capable of relative motion as the above-described fluctuations of the individual hulls or the fluctuations between the hulls are allowed. Accordingly, depending on the marine conditions, the yaw in which the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 rotate about the z-axis (vertical axis) passing the center O of the inter-hull free connection part 131 may occur. can This can also happen in the process of changing an aircraft carrier.
  • first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are in excessive contact so that the stern of the first hull 11 and the bow of the second hull 12 collide or form the free connection part 131 between the hulls. Stress may be concentrated on the first connecting member 1311 or the second connecting member 1311 .
  • At least one of the bows of the stern of the first hull 11 or the second hull 12 facing the hull 11, the hull spacing to maintain the spacing (hull spacing) between the hulls 11 and 12 A holding part 14 may be further installed.
  • the hull spacing maintaining part 14 may be formed extending from the bow of the second hull 12 toward the stern of the first hull 11 .
  • the hull spacing maintaining unit 14 may include a spacing maintaining housing 141 constituting a cylinder and a spacing maintaining member 1332 constituting a piston.
  • the spacing maintaining housing 141 is fixedly coupled to the bow of the second hull 12 , and the spacing maintaining member 1332 may be slidably inserted into the spacing maintaining housing 141 .
  • a hydraulic device (not shown) for selectively providing hydraulic pressure to the space keeping housing 141 may be installed at the rear end of the space keeping housing 141 .
  • the hydraulic system is not necessarily applied.
  • an electric unit using an electric motor may be installed.
  • 1231c which is an unexplained reference in the drawings, is a second support column for supporting the second upper deck.
  • the gap maintaining member 1332 protrudes toward the stern of the opposite first hull 11 by the pressure of the fluid introduced into the gap maintaining housing 141, and the gap maintaining member 1332 is first 1 by pushing the stern of the hull 11 so that the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 form a straight line.
  • the protruding length of the spacing maintaining member 1332 on the side of the changing needle is shortened and the protruding length of the spacing maintaining member 1332 on the opposite side is long.
  • the inter-hull connection part 13 may be provided with an inter-hull restraint connection part 133 capable of restraining some fluctuations while allowing the six types of fluctuations of the hull described above.
  • the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 may constrain the fluctuation (pitching (horizontal oscillation) or heaving (vertical oscillation)) which is highly related to the flatness of the running track or the runway. Through this, it is possible to properly maintain the flatness of the running track or runway by managing the height difference between the hulls within the allowable range while the landing of the aircraft is carried out or the movement between the hulls is performed.
  • the inter-hull restraint connection part will be described in detail later in another embodiment for the inter-hull connection part.
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing a state in which the inter-deck connection unit is coupled in FIG. 5, and FIGS. 8 and 9 are schematic views to explain a corresponding example of the inter-deck connection unit in FIG. 5 .
  • the inter-deck connection part 134 may be installed to be supported by being hinged to one hull and resting on the other hull. Accordingly, the deck portion 112 of the first hull 11 and the deck portion 122 of the second hull 12 may be selectively connected as needed by the inter-deck connection portion 134 .
  • the inter-deck connection part 134 may include a running path connection part 1341 and a runway connection part 1342 .
  • the running path connecting portion 1341 is provided on both sides in the width direction with the runway connecting portion 1342 as the center, and the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 are each hinged to one hull at one end and the other end to the other hull. It can be placed on and supported. Since the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 are formed to be identical or substantially similar, the following description will be focused on the running path connecting portion 1341 .
  • the running path connection part 1341 may be configured by hingedly coupling one plate to the hull in the longitudinal direction, or by hingedly coupling one end to the hull in a state in which a plurality of plates are hinged in the longitudinal direction.
  • the traveling path connecting portion 1341 is made of one plate, between the free end of the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion 1341 and the upper surface of the hull (first hull) 11 supporting it in the width direction is uneven. gaps may occur.
  • the connecting plate constituting the running path connection part by dividing the connecting plate constituting the running path connection part into a plurality along the longitudinal direction, it is possible to actively compensate the height difference ( ⁇ h) between the runways in the vertical direction that may occur due to the difference in sway between the two hulls. can make it
  • the traveling path connecting unit 1341 includes a traveling path hinge plate 1341a connecting between the first traveling unit 113 and the second traveling unit 123 , and traveling.
  • the first travel path hinge member 1341c and the travel path hinge plate 1341a and the travel path freedom plate 1341b and the travel path hinge plate 1341a are hinge-coupled to one hull (second hull) 12. It may be formed of a second travel path hinge member 1341d hinged between the plates 1341b.
  • traveling path hinge plate 1341a is hinged to one hull 12 by a first traveling path hinge member 1341c, and the other end of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a is a first traveling path hinge member. It may be hinged to the running path free plate 1341b by the 1341c.
  • the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be formed to be greater than or equal to the maximum separation distance between the hulls. Accordingly, both ends of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be supported by being placed on the stern of the first hull 11 and the bow of the second hull 12 , respectively.
  • the thickness of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be the same or substantially similar in the longitudinal direction.
  • the thickness of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be formed to be less than or equal to the width. Accordingly, even if both ends of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a are respectively supported by the first hull 11 and the second hull 12, the supporting strength of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a can be secured.
  • the traveling path free plate 1341b may be hinged to the other end of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a, that is, the free end. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 8 , even if a difference in height in the longitudinal direction or in the width direction occurs between the hulls, the running path free plate 1341b rotates around the second running path hinge member 1341d and the upper surface of the running path of the first hull 11 . can be placed on Then, when the aircraft passes through the traveling path connecting portion 1341 while moving, it is possible to prevent the aircraft from being caught at the end of the traveling path connecting portion 1341, that is, the free end of the free traveling path plate 1341b.
  • the length of the runway free plate 1341b may be shorter than the length of the runway hinge plate 1341a.
  • the length of the traveling path free plate 1341b may be formed to be approximately half or less than the length of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress the excessive lengthening of the traveling path connecting portion 1341, and to easily install or release the traveling path connecting portion 1341 when connecting or separating the hulls.
  • the travel path free plate 1341b may be formed to be gradually thinner from the hinge end connected to the travel path hinge plate 1341a toward the free end.
  • the thickness of the hinge end of the free running path plate 1341b is approximately the same as the thickness of the free end of the running path hinge plate 1341a or the free end thickness is slightly smaller than the thickness of the hinge end of the free running path plate 1341b.
  • the free end thickness can be made remarkably small.
  • the traveling path free plate 1341b may be formed in a wedge cross-sectional shape when projected on the side. Accordingly, when the aircraft passes through the free end of the free traveling path plate 1341b, it is prevented in advance from being caught in the free end of the free traveling path plate 1341b, so that the airplane can move smoothly.
  • connection type aircraft carrier 1 As the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are connected in a twin-ring shape, the z-axis of the inter-hull free connection part 131 is rotated between hulls or Agitation such as pitching may occur.
  • the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may generate a yaw (a bow motion) that rotates relative to the z-axis of the inter-hull free connection part 131 .
  • the angle formed by the longitudinal center lines CL1 and CL2 of the two hulls 11 and 12 may be defined as the inter-hull rotation angle ⁇ .
  • the bow of the second hull 12 facing the stern of the first hull 11 may be inclined or curved toward the outside along the width direction. Due to this, the distance (hull spacing) between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may increase in the width direction from the center line CL of the aircraft carrier 1 .
  • the length L1 of the running path connecting portion 1341 may be longer than the length L2 of the runway connecting portion 1342 . Then, even if the hull spacing of the aircraft carrier 1 increases in the width direction when changing the aircraft carrier 1, it is possible to stably connect between the hulls 11 and 12 on both sides.
  • the runway connection part 1342 is a runway hinge plate 1342a and a runway free plate 1342b connecting between the first runway 1122a and the second runway 1222a, and the runway hinge plate is connected to one hull (the second). It may be composed of a first runway hinge member 1342c hinged to the hull 12 and a second runway hinge member 1342d hinged between the runway hinge plate 1342a and the runway free plate 1342b.
  • the runway connecting portion 1342 has substantially the same basic configuration and operational effects as those of the runway connecting portion 1341 described above, and thus a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the length L2 of the runway connecting portion 1342 according to the present embodiment may be shorter than the length L1 of the running route connecting portion 1341 . Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the manufacturing cost by reducing the size of the runway connecting portion 1342 , and at the same time to reduce the weight of the runway connecting portion 1342 to lower the load of the connecting plate elevating unit 1345 , which will be described later.
  • the length L2 of the runway connection part 1342 may be longer than the length L1 of the runway connection part 1341 in consideration of the load generated during takeoff and landing of the aircraft. Accordingly, it is possible to stably support the load applied to the runway connecting portion 1342 during take-off and landing of the aircraft.
  • the traveling path connecting portion 1341 may be separately rotatably coupled to the hull (second hull) 12 by dividing it into a plurality of plates along the width direction of the hull 11 and 12 . have. Accordingly, even if a height difference in the width direction between the two hulls occurs, the plurality of plates 1341a and 1341b constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 reflect the height difference in the width direction between the hulls and drive both sides with a slight difference in height along the width direction. It is possible to connect between the first lower deck 1121 and the second lower deck 1221 constituting the furnace.
  • each plate constituting the running path connection part 1341 are maintained in close contact with the first lower deck 1121 and the second lower deck 1221 of each hull 11 and 12, Due to this, not only can the aircraft carrier move between the first lower deck 1121 and the second lower deck 1221 without sloshing, but also it is possible to suppress damage to the connecting plate constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 due to fatigue.
  • a plurality of traveling path hinge plates 1341a constituting the traveling path connecting portion 1341 according to this embodiment are collectively attached to one hull (second hull) 12 by one first traveling path hinge member 1341c. It may be hinged integrally, and the plurality of travel path hinge plates 1341a may be individually hinged to one hull (second hull) 12 by each of the first travel path hinge members 1341c.
  • the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion when the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion is divided into a plurality along the width direction, the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting unit may be formed to have the same length along the width direction, but in some cases, the width direction of the hull Depending on the length, it may be formed in different lengths.
  • the length of the running path connection part 1341 may be longer than the length of the runway connection part 1342 as described above.
  • the connecting plate constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 or the connecting plate forming the runway connecting portion 1342 may be formed to have different lengths, respectively.
  • the hull spacing on the opposite side is increased compared to the hull spacing on the side where the aircraft carrier 1 is shifted. Accordingly, the required length of the connecting plate constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 is different along the width direction.
  • each of the plates constituting the travel path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 may have a longer plate disposed at the edge than the length of the plate disposed at the center. This may be more effective in the case of the running path connection part 1341 located further away from the center O of the free connection part 131 between the hulls.
  • the hinge plate receiving end 1343a in which the hinge plates 1341a and 1342a are accommodated is formed at the end of the bow side running path of the second hull 12 where the running path connection part 1341 is installed, and , A free plate (1341b) (1342b) free plate receiving end (1343b) may be formed at the end of the stern side running path of the first hull (11).
  • the hinge plate receiving end 1343a is formed to correspond to the cross-sectional shape of the hinge plates 1341a and 1342a viewed from the side
  • the free plate receiving end 1343b is the cross-sectional shape of the free plate 1341b and 1342b viewed from the side. may be formed to correspond to
  • connection plate elevating unit 1345 for connecting or lifting and disconnecting the parts 123 may be installed.
  • the connecting plate lifting unit 1345 may be configured in various ways, such as a method using an electric motor and a rope or a method using hydraulic pressure. This embodiment discloses a method using an electric motor and a rope. Since these connecting plate lifting units are applied to cranes, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the entire length of the carrier hulls 11 and 12 can be enlarged without expanding the width of the individual carrier hulls 11 and 12, so that a very large aviation It can be advantageous for the manufacture and maintenance of carriers.
  • each of the carrier hulls 11 and 12 varies depending on the type, but it is approximately 300 to 350 m when taking the supercarrier class as an example. This requires a catapult or arresting wire because the length of the runway is short during the landing and landing of aircraft carriers.
  • the length of the entire aircraft carrier 1 that is, the length of the runway is approximately 600 to 700 m.
  • each carrier hull 11 and 12 is separately dried and then connected, so an existing dock can be used, so a super-large aircraft carrier is built. Drying costs can be greatly reduced.
  • the angle of the changing needle is increased, which may be disadvantageous for tactical operation.
  • the plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected to enable inter-hull oscillation, it is possible to facilitate operation by reducing the swiveling angle while constituting a super-large aircraft carrier.
  • the thickness of various parts constituting the skeleton of the hull, including the surface thickness of the hull, in consideration of the hull fluctuation of the hull increases, and the construction cost may increase.
  • a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected, but as the hull oscillation of both carrier hulls 11 and 12 is connected, the length of the entire aircraft carrier 1 is increased while the length of the hull is increased. It is possible to maintain the thickness of various parts forming the backbone of the hull, including the surface, or reduce the increase. Accordingly, it is possible to lower the manufacturing cost input during the construction of the super-large aircraft carrier.
  • the carrier hull 11, 12 is provided with the inner-floor running parts 1131 and 1231 and the inter-floor running parts 1132 and 1232, a separate carrier-based transport device such as an elevator is provided. It is possible to facilitate interfloor movement in the multi-layered carrier hull 11 and 12 without having to do so. Accordingly, while lowering the construction cost of the super-large aircraft carrier (1), multiple aircraft can move between the hangar and the runway at the same time, thereby increasing the operational capability of the aircraft carrier. In addition, since it eliminates the need for an ultra-expensive catapult or an elevator (lifter) for transporting aircraft between floors, efficiency can be increased.
  • the carrier hull 11, 12 may be formed to be inclined or rounded at the edges of the sterns or bows of the carrier hulls 11 and 12 facing each other so as to be advantageous for changing needles.
  • the lateral spacing between hulls increases as the steer angle between the hulls increases, and the gap between the hulls may increase.
  • the running path connecting portion 1341 connecting between the side surfaces of the hull is formed longer than the runway connecting portion 1342 at the center, the gap between the two hulls is suppressed to prevent the movement between the hulls. can do it smoothly.
  • connection-type aircraft carrier 1 when connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12, but connecting to enable mutual hull oscillation, it may be difficult to properly maintain the interval between both hulls 11 and 12.
  • the connection-type aircraft carrier 1 as the hull spacing maintaining part 14 is installed between both hulls 11 and 12, the straightness of both hulls 11 and 12 can be secured. Not only that, it is possible to overcome the wave resistance that can be generated even more during the shifting of the super-large aircraft carrier, and the aircraft carrier 1 can be smoothly shifted.
  • inter-deck connection part 134 As the inter-deck connection part 134 according to this embodiment is divided into a plurality of pieces along the width direction of the hull, the height difference between the hulls due to the hull fluctuation or the hull fluctuation of each hull 11 and 12 occurs
  • the deck-to-deck connection part 134 is deformed in response to the height difference between the hulls to minimize the height difference between the hulls.
  • the inter-deck connection unit 134 As a plurality of the inter-deck connection unit 134 according to this embodiment is hinged along the longitudinal direction, the free end of the inter-deck connection unit 134 is placed on the deck of the carrier hull 11 and 12 and can be supported. have. Accordingly, by suppressing the stress concentration of the inter-deck connecting portion 134, it is possible to increase the durability of the inter-deck connecting portion 134 and further reduce the height difference between the hulls.
  • each carrier hull 11, 12 is formed in a double layer, but the lower layer is a hangar and the upper layer is a runway. have.
  • the aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment is formed with a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12, respectively, in multiple layers, but with inner running parts 1131 and 1231 and interfloor running parts 1132 and 1232. , it is possible to facilitate interfloor movement in the multi-layered carrier hull without having to provide a separate automatic transfer device.
  • the interfloor running portion is formed as a simple inclined surface and the carrier moves along the interfloor running portion by its own power, but in some cases, an automatic transfer device such as a conveyor may be provided.
  • FIG. 10 is a side view showing another embodiment of the driving unit according to the present embodiment.
  • an automatic transfer unit 1235 may be provided in the first interfloor running unit 1132 or the second interfloor running unit 1232 according to the present embodiment.
  • the automatic transfer unit 1235 may be formed of a conveyor operated by a separate electric motor. Since the conveyor is commonly used in the related field, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the automatic transfer unit 1235 may be provided only in each of the interfloor running units 1132 and 1232 , and each inner running unit 1131 extending from each of the interfloor running units 1132 and 1232 . It may also be provided in a part of (1231).
  • the automatic transfer unit 1235 may be installed in each interfloor running unit and a part of the first intra-floor running unit 1131 and a part of the second intra-floor running unit 1231 connected thereto.
  • the automatic transfer unit 1235 such as a conveyor is provided in the inner running portion or the interfloor running portion of the carrier hull 11, 12, the interfloor movement of the aircraft carrier can be made more smoothly.
  • the automatic transfer unit may be installed at the entrance and exit of the hangar. Accordingly, it is possible to automatically put the aircraft into and out of the hangar, so that the utilization of the deck part can be increased.
  • inter-hull connection part is as follows.
  • the first connecting member and the second connecting member in which the inter-hull connection part is formed in a ring shape are coupled to each other so that both the sway of the first hull and the second hull is possible, but between the hulls of this embodiment
  • the connecting portion may be configured to restrain the vertical shake, which is highly related to the flatness of the running track or the runway, among the fluctuations.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing another embodiment of the inter-hull connection part according to this embodiment
  • FIG. 12 is an enlarged perspective view of the inter-hull connection part in FIG. 11
  • FIG. 13 is a sectional view "IV-IV" of FIG.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B are cross-sectional views respectively showing the release state and the restraint state of the inter-hull connection part according to FIG. 11 .
  • the inter-hull connection part 13 may include an inter-hull free connection part 131 and an inter-hull constraint connection part 133 .
  • the free connection between the hulls 131 includes a first connection member 1311 and a second connection member 1312 , but the first connection member 1311 or the second connection member 1312 is a constraint connection between the hulls 133 . may be included (or linked to).
  • first connecting member 1311 is connected to the inter-hull restraint connecting portion 133 will be mainly described.
  • first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 Since the basic configuration of the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 5 described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 are not limited to the embodiment of FIG. 5 , and the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are centered on the inter-hull free connection part 131 . It is sufficient as long as it is a connection structure that allows the sway between the hulls.
  • the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 may include a guide rail 1331 and a guide block 1332 .
  • the guide rail 1331 is fixed to the first hull 11 located on the front side, and the guide block 1332 is connected to the second hull 12 located on the rear side to slide in the longitudinal direction on the guide rail 1331 .
  • the guide rail 1331 may be fixed to the second hull 12 located on the rear side, and the guide block 1332 may be connected to the first hull 11 located on the front side.
  • the former that is, the guide rail 1331 is coupled to the first hull 11
  • the guide block 1332 is coupled to the second hull 12
  • the guide block 1332 may be provided with the above-described first connecting member 1311 , and the first connecting member 1311 may be coupled to the above-described second connecting member 1312 .
  • the second hull 12 is coupled to the guide block 1332 through the second connection member 1312 and the first connection member 1311 , and the guide block 1332 is coupled to the guide rail 1331 to make the first 1 is coupled to the hull (11).
  • the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are connected to each other by the first connecting member 1311 , the second connecting member 1312 , and the inter-hull restraint connecting portion 133 .
  • the guide rail 1331 may include a housing 1331a and a slit 1331b.
  • the housing portion 1331a may be coupled by welding or fastening one side (front surface) of the housing portion 1331a to the stern of the first hull 11 .
  • the upper surface of the housing part 1331a is welded or fastened to the lower surface of the first upper deck 1122 constituting the second layer to be combined.
  • the housing portion 1331a may be firmly fixed to the first hull 11 .
  • the housing part 1331a may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube elongated in the vertical direction (longitudinal direction).
  • a sliding space 1331a1 is formed inside the housing 1331a, and a block portion 1332a of a guide block 1332 to be described later may be slidably inserted in the sliding space 1331a1 in the vertical direction.
  • the sliding space 1331a1 is formed in a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape, and is formed in a shape in which the front and rear and left and right directions of the sliding space 1331a1 are blocked. (1331b) may be formed. Accordingly, the block portion 1332a of the guide block 1332 to be described later may be constrained in the front-rear and left-right directions by the inner surface of the sliding space 1331a1.
  • a slit portion 1331b may be formed to extend in the longitudinal direction on the front surface of the housing portion 1331a, that is, on the surface facing the stern of the first hull 11 . At least one slit portion 1331b, for example, three slits may be formed.
  • the slit portion 1331b may include one connection slit 1331b1 and a plurality of braking slits 1331b2.
  • connection slit 1331b1 may be formed in the center of the front surface of the housing 1331a, and the braking slit 1331b2 may be formed on both left and right sides of the connection slit 1331b1, respectively.
  • the longitudinal length of the connecting slit 1331b1 and the longitudinal length of the braking slit 1331b2 are interlocked with the longitudinal length of the connecting protrusion 1332b provided in the guide block 1332 and the longitudinal length of the braking protrusion 1332b3, respectively.
  • a braking rail 1331c may be formed on the front surface of the housing 1331a.
  • the braking rails 1331c may be respectively positioned at the left and right outer sides of the braking slit 1331b2 to be elongated in the longitudinal direction.
  • the longitudinal length of the braking rail 1331c may be formed to be the same as the longitudinal length of the braking slit 1331b2. Accordingly, it is possible to brake the longitudinal sliding motion of the guide block 1332 by the braking unit sliding along the braking slit 1331b2.
  • the guide block 1332 may include a block part 1332a , a connection protrusion 1332b , a braking protrusion 1332b3 , and a braking unit 1333 .
  • the block portion 1332a is a portion sliding along the vertical direction of the guide rail 1331 , and may be formed in a shape corresponding to the sliding space 1331a1 of the guide rail 1331 , for example, a rectangular parallelepiped cross-sectional shape. Accordingly, the block portion 1332a may be vertically slidably inserted into the sliding space 1331a1 of the guide rail 1331 .
  • the block part 1332a may be formed to have a length such that the block part 1332a cannot rotate in the sliding space 1331a1 of the housing part 1331a. Accordingly, the rest of the fluctuations other than the vertical fluctuations between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may be restrained.
  • connection protrusion 1332b extends toward the stern of the first hull 11 from the center of the front surface of the block portion 1332a, the surface facing the stern of the first hull 11, and the guide rail 1331 is connected It may be slidably coupled to the slit 1331b1.
  • the connecting protrusion 1332b is a portion constituting the second connecting member 1312 in the above-described embodiment, and may be formed to be coupled to the first connecting member 1311 to enable oscillation between the hulls.
  • the end of the connection protrusion 1332b may be formed in a ring shape as in the above-described embodiment.
  • the braking protrusions 1332b3 may extend from both left and right sides of the connection protrusions 1332b to be slidably coupled to the braking slits 1331b2 of the guide rail 1331 .
  • a braking unit 1333 may be provided at an end of the braking protrusion 1332b3, respectively.
  • the braking unit 1333 is engaged with the braking rail 1331c of the guide rail 1331 to restrict the longitudinal sliding movement of the guide block 1332 , and a conventional known hydraulic brake may be applied.
  • 14A and 14B are cross-sectional views respectively showing a release state and a restraint state of the inter-hull connection part according to FIG. 11 .
  • the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are basically hull sway or / and inter-hull sway such as rolling and pitching according to each hull sway. may be permitted without restrictions.
  • the free connection part 131 between the hulls according to the present embodiment can be limited if necessary with respect to the vertical fluctuations between the hulls such as heaving by adding the inter-hull constraint connection part 133 .
  • the stern of the first hull 11 is provided with a first connecting member 1311 formed in a ring shape
  • the bow of the second hull 12 is provided with a second connecting member 1312 formed in a ring shape. It may be coupled to the first connecting member 1311 in the form of a pair of rings.
  • the second connecting member 1312 is provided integrally with a part of the inter-hull constraint connecting portion 133 , it may be operated in conjunction with the inter-hull constrained connecting unit 133 .
  • the second connecting member 1312 extends from the guide block 1332 , and the guide block 1332 is slidably inserted in the housing portion 1331a of the guide rail 1331 in the vertical direction.
  • the guide block 1332 may be constrained by the guide rail 1331 for other fluctuations except for the vertical movement. Accordingly, the second connecting member 1312 is allowed to move up and down with respect to the inter-hull constraint connecting portion 133, while the rotational movement or the forward and backward movement is limited.
  • the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may allow six types of sway according to the marine conditions.
  • the necessary operation can be performed by properly maintaining the flatness of the runway by limiting the height difference between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 within an appropriate range. can be performed smoothly.
  • the guide rail is fixedly coupled to the first hull, but in some cases, the guide rail may be rotatably coupled to the first hull. Accordingly, while the guide rail rotates, it is possible to allow sway between the hulls.
  • FIG. 15 is an exploded perspective view showing another embodiment of the inter-hull connection part
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view of FIG. 15 assembled
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 16 from the front
  • FIG. It is a cross-sectional view showing the state of the agitation in progress.
  • the inter-hull connection part 13 may include an inter-hull free connection part 131 and an inter-hull constraint connection part 133 .
  • the hull spacing maintaining part 14 may be further required between the two hulls 11 and 12, but the hull according to this embodiment Since the free connection part 131 and the constraint connection part 133 between the hulls are configured in a link connection structure, the hull spacing maintaining part 14 may be excluded.
  • the inter-hull free connection part 131 includes a first connecting member 1311 and a second connecting member 1312, and the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 are the inter-hull restraint connection part 133. can be connected to
  • the first connecting member 1311 extends from the front surface of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a extending from the stern of the first hull 11 and the guide rail 1332 to be described later and is hinged to the hull hinge protrusion 1311a. It may include a rail hinge protrusion (1311b).
  • One end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a is fixed by welding or bolting to the stern of the first hull 11, and the other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a may be rotatably coupled to the rail hinge protrusion 1311b.
  • the other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a may be formed to be stepped in one direction as shown in FIG. 15, or may be formed to be stepped in both directions.
  • a hull hinge hole 1311a1 is formed to penetrate in the left and right directions, and the hull hinge hole 1311a1 corresponds to the rail hinge hole 1311b1 of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b to be described later. can be formed.
  • One end of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b is fixed by welding or bolting to the front surface of the guide rail 1331, and the other end of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b may be formed to correspond to the other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a.
  • a rail hinge hole 1311b1 is formed at the other end of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b to correspond to the hull hinge hole 1311a1, and the rail hinge hole 1311b1 may be formed to correspond to the hull hinge hole 1311a1.
  • the hull hinge protrusion 1311a and the rail hinge protrusion 1311b may be hinged by a first hinge pin 1311c passing through the hull hinge hole 1311a1 and the rail hinge hole 1311b1. Accordingly, the guide rail 1331 may be coupled to enable vertical rotation (or bidirectional rotation) with respect to the first hull 11 around the first hinge pin 1311c.
  • the second connecting member includes a hull coupling receiving portion 1312a fixedly coupled to the second hull, and a block coupling protrusion 1312b extending from the guide block 1332 and freely rotatably coupled to the hull coupling receiving portion 1312a. may include.
  • the hull coupling accommodating part 1312a has a coupling protrusion accommodating groove 1312a1 formed in the front-rear direction, and the coupling protrusion accommodating groove 1312a1 is a hull coupling hole 1312a2 passing through the hull coupling accommodating part 1312a. can be formed.
  • the hull coupling hole 1312a2 may be penetrated in the vertical direction or may be penetrated in the left and right directions.
  • the block coupling protrusion 1312a may be formed to extend from the other end of the connection protrusion 1332b extending from the block part 1332a of the guide block 1332 .
  • the block coupling protrusion 1312a may be formed through a block coupling hole 1312b1 to correspond to the hull coupling hole 1312a2 described above.
  • the hull coupling receiving portion 1312a and the block coupling protrusion 1312b are on the second hull 12 with the center of the second hinge pin 1312c passing through the hull coupling hole 1312a2 and the block coupling hole 1312b1. It can be coupled to be freely rotatable in all directions.
  • the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 may include a guide rail 1331 , a guide block 1332 , a braking unit 1333 , and a guide cover 1334 .
  • the guide rail 1331 described in the embodiment of FIG. 11 has its front surface and upper surface welded or bolted to the lower surface of the stern of the first hull 11 and the first upper deck 1122, respectively, and is fixed,
  • the guide rail 1331 in this embodiment is spaced apart from the first hull 11 and is rotatably coupled by the hull hinge protrusion 1311a and the rail hinge protrusion 1311b forming the first connecting member 1311 described above.
  • the guide rail 1331 rotates with respect to the first hull 11 to allow inter-hull oscillation. This will be replaced with the description of the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 above.
  • the guide cover 1334 may include a first guide cover 1334a and a second guide cover 1334b respectively provided on both upper and lower sides of the first hull 11 to accommodate the upper and lower ends of the guide rail 1331 .
  • the first guide cover 1334a may be welded or bolted to the stern of the first hull 11, and the second guide cover 1334b may be welded or bolted to the lower surface of the first upper deck 1122. have.
  • the first guide cover 1334a may be formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape long in the front-rear direction.
  • a first rail accommodating space 1334a1 is formed inside the first guide cover 1334a, and an upper surface of the first rail accommodating space 1334a1 may be opened so that the lower end of the guide rail 1331 is inserted.
  • the second guide cover 1334b may be formed to correspond to the first guide cover 1334a. However, the lower surface of the second guide cover 1334b facing the first guide cover 1334a may be opened. Accordingly, the upper end of the guide rail 1331 may be rotatably inserted into the second rail accommodating space 1334b1 of the second guide cover 1334b.
  • a first guide cover 1334a and a second guide cover 1334b are provided at both ends of the guide rail 1331 to support both ends of the guide rail 1331 . Accordingly, when the guide rail 1331 rotates up and down around the first hinge pin 1311c, the first guide cover 1334a and the second guide cover 1334b are stable for the rotational movement of the guide rail 1331. (See Fig. 18)
  • the first guide groove (1334a2) and the second guide groove (1334b2) are respectively formed in an arc shape, and these
  • the guide projections 1331d1 and 1331d2 that are slidably inserted into the respective guide grooves 1334a2 and 1334b2. each can be formed. Accordingly, when the guide rail 1331 rotates, the guide projections 1331d1 and 1331d2 rotate along the guide grooves 1334a2 and 1334b2, so that the guide rail 1331 can rotate more stably.
  • the lower end and the upper end of the guide rail 1331, respectively, in the front-rear direction A guide spring 1335 for supporting may be provided. Accordingly, when the guide rail 1331 vertically rotates around the first hinge pin 1311c, the guide rail 1331 can be quickly returned to the vertical state.
  • the guide cover and/or the guide spring may be excluded. This will be replaced with the description of the embodiment of FIG. 15 described above.
  • the guide rail and the guide block are formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, but in some cases, the guide rail and the guide block may be formed to have a curved surface.
  • 19 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the guide rail and the guide block.
  • the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 may include a guide rail 1331 , a guide block 1332 , a braking unit 1333 , and a guide cover 1334 .
  • the basic configuration of the guide rail 1331 , the guide block 1332 , the braking unit 1333 , and the guide cover 1334 and their effects are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, so a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the guide rail 1331 may be formed in an arc shape when the side projection is performed.
  • the housing portion 1331a of the guide rail 1331 is in a state in which the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are in a state in which the fluctuation between the hulls is excluded, that is, in a mutually horizontal state.
  • the second hinge pin 1312c may be formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as the center.
  • the sliding space 1331a1 of the housing portion 1331a is formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as that of the housing portion 1331a, and the guide block 1332 slides in the vertical direction in the sliding space 1331a1.
  • of the block portion 1332a may also be formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as that of the sliding space 1331a1.
  • the first The guide block 1332 can slide smoothly with respect to the guide rail 1331 when the hull is shaken between the hull 11 and the second hull 12 . Accordingly, the rotational movement of the guide rail 1331 with respect to the first hull and the rotational movement of the guide block 1332 with respect to the second hull 12 proceed smoothly between the guide rail 1331 and the guide block 1332 . damage due to stress concentration can be suppressed.
  • a plurality of guide rails are respectively installed on the left and right sides of the first hull, and each guide block slidably coupled on each guide rail is connected to each other, and one The two connecting members may be extended and connected to the second hull. Since the guide rail and the guide block are formed almost identically to the connection part between the hull including the guide rail and the guide block described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the connecting member extending from the guide block may be connected to the second hull in the form of a free rotatable twin ring, or may be connected to a universal joint or the like.
  • each guide block is connected to each other and freely rotatably connected to the second hull, it is possible to allow movement between the hulls while applying a plurality of guide rails.
  • the connecting member extending from the guide block may be fixedly coupled to the second hull.
  • the side of the hull is formed in a blocked shape, but in some cases, the changing needle auxiliary unit is installed on the side of the hull, so that the lateral movement of the aircraft carrier can be performed quickly.
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view schematically showing the changing needle state of the aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 21 is a front sectional view of "V-V" of FIG.
  • the toilet needle auxiliary unit 15 includes a side flow forming passage 151 , a side flow forming member 152 , a side flow forming driving unit 153 , and a passage opening and closing cover 154 . can do.
  • the changing needle auxiliary unit 15 may be equally formed on both sides of the first hull 11 and both sides of the second hull 12 constituting the connected aircraft carrier 1 .
  • the changing needle auxiliary unit 15 provided in the first hull 11 will be mainly described, and with respect to the changing needle auxiliary unit (not shown) provided in the second hull 12 , provided in the first hull 11 .
  • the toilet needle auxiliary unit (15) instead of the description of the toilet needle auxiliary unit (15).
  • the side flow forming passage 151 may be penetrated from the bottom surface of the first hull part 111 to both sides, respectively. It may be preferable that the side flow forming passages 151 are each formed in a curved surface so that seawater can flow smoothly.
  • the side flow forming member 152 is composed of a lateral propeller and may be installed on the outlet side of the side flow forming passage 151 , that is, on the side of the first hull 111 .
  • the side flow forming member 152 is preferably installed so as to be embedded in the outlet side of the side flow forming passage 151 .
  • the side flow forming driving part 153 may be installed inside the first hull part 111 , and may be connected by a rotating shaft between the side flow forming driving part 153 and the side flow forming member 152 .
  • the passage opening and closing cover 154 may be respectively installed at the inlet and outlet of the side flow forming passage 151 so as to open and close the inlet and the outlet of the side flow forming passage 151 . Accordingly, when the aircraft carrier 1 moves straight, the side flow forming passage 151 can be closed by using the passage opening and closing cover 154 .
  • the passage opening/closing cover 154 may be operated by hydraulic pressure or by an electric motor. However, considering that the aircraft carrier 1 of this embodiment is operated at sea, it may be preferable to be made of a hydraulic type.
  • the connected aircraft carrier 1 provided with the changing needle auxiliary unit 15 as described above drives the lateral propeller, which is the side flow forming member 152, when operating the fast changing needle and the wake avoidance maneuver to change the aircraft carrier.
  • a side flow is generated toward the inside of the formed circular trajectory. Then, the connected aircraft carrier 1 according to the present embodiment can easily perform an evasive maneuver while the aircraft carrier 1 is quickly restored to a straight line after the changeover.
  • deck portion is as follows.
  • each of the lower decks and the upper decks are opened in a shape, but in some cases, a shielding film capable of blocking electromagnetic waves by covering the space between the lower deck and the upper deck if necessary may be further provided.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of an electromagnetic wave shielding unit in an aircraft carrier according to the present invention.
  • the aircraft carrier 1 may be provided with an electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 capable of concealing the deck portions 112 and 122 .
  • the electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 may be formed of a variable type that can be deployed as needed.
  • the electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 may be installed on the edges of the upper decks 1122 and 1222 or the lower decks 1121 and 1221.
  • the electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 is installed on the edges of the upper decks 1122 and 1222.
  • the aircraft carrier 1 according to this embodiment is formed to be substantially the same as the first hull 11 and the second hull 12, the following description will be focused on the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 is replaced by a description of the first hull 11 .
  • the electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 may include a shielding film winding part 161 , an electromagnetic wave shielding film 162 , a shielding film guide part 163 , and a shielding film fixing part 164 .
  • the shield winding upper part 161 may be installed at the edge of the first upper deck 1122 .
  • the shielding film winding part 161 may be formed of a winding motor 1611 and a shielding film winding rod 1612 extending from the rotation shaft of the winding motor 1611 and winding and winding the electromagnetic wave shielding film 162 .
  • the electromagnetic wave shielding film 162 may be formed in the form of a tent coated with a radio wave absorber, for example, in the form of a tent paper or in the form of a mesh.
  • the shielding membrane guide 163 may be provided between the edge of the first upper deck 1122 and the edge of the first lower deck 1121 .
  • the shielding film guide 163 may be preferably formed to be inclined in the range of about 3 to 5° in consideration of the load of the hoisting motor 1611 .
  • the shielding film fixing part 164 may be installed at the edge of the first lower deck 1121 .
  • the aircraft carrier 1 equipped with the electromagnetic shielding unit 16 as described above is normally operated with the electromagnetic shielding film 162 wound around the winding upper part 161 of the shielding film, and when necessary, the electromagnetic shielding film 162 is unfolded.
  • the upper decks 1122, 1222 and the lower decks 1121 and 1221 of each hull 11 and 12 are blocked.
  • the hangars 1121a and 1221a provided between the lower decks 1121 and 1221 and the upper decks 1122 and 1222 are concealed by the electromagnetic shielding film 162, and are stored in the hangars 1121a and 1221a. It is possible to prevent the aircraft carrier from being exposed to the outside, and through this, it is possible to suppress the exposure of the aircraft carrier 1 to the opponent's radar.
  • the electromagnetic shielding film may be provided in a fixed manner.
  • a fixed shield can be fixed at both ends to the upper deck and the lower deck, respectively.
  • the fixed shielding film may be formed to extend in the width direction from the upper deck and to be bent toward the lower deck. Accordingly, it is possible to secure a traveling space inside the fixed shielding membrane so that the aircraft can travel.
  • the electromagnetic shielding film may be provided in an inclined shape.
  • a frame may be connected between the edge of the upper deck and the edge of the lower deck, and an electromagnetic shielding film may be installed in this frame to be able to open and close.
  • the electromagnetic shielding film may be configured in an opening/closing type.
  • the hinged shield is installed so that it opens at a certain angle to the outside of the ship with the roof frame as the axis by hydraulic pressure (pneumatic). it is preferable
  • the electromagnetic wave shielding film may be installed in various other forms.
  • the thrust engine is installed inside the hull part, and a thrust propeller connected to the thrust engine may be installed in the stern of the hull part.
  • the hull portion may be formed as streamlined as possible to minimize resistance.
  • a plurality of thrust engines and a plurality of thrust propellers may be provided, respectively.
  • the noise generated by the thrust engine and the thrust propeller increases, and thus the possibility of being detected by the opponent may increase.
  • the noise radiation suppression plate may be installed on the stern side of each hull.
  • the noise emission suppression plate may be coupled to the hull so that it can be deployed only when necessary.
  • the noise radiation suppression plate may be deployed by sliding in both directions when necessary by being coupled to the rail of the hull, or by being hinged and deployed in both directions when necessary.
  • the noise radiation suppression plate as described above can effectively attenuate the noise generated by the aircraft carrier by directly blocking the lateral noise generated from the thrust engine and the thrust propeller during the operation of the aircraft carrier.
  • a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected to form a super-large aircraft carrier, while reducing operating noise and suppressing being covered by the opponent.
  • the description has been focused on the example consisting of the first hull and the second hull, but in some cases, the first hull, the second hull and the third hull may be formed of or more hulls. Also in these embodiments, the hull part, the inter-hull connection part, the deck part, the running part, etc. are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and thus a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the above-described embodiments have been described by taking the aircraft carrier as an example, it is not necessarily limited to the aircraft carrier.
  • it can be equally applied to not only a cargo ship carrying a drivable load, such as a car carrier, but also a general cargo ship such as a container carrier.
  • any one of the plurality of ships or some of the ships may be provided with an energy generating unit and an energy transmitting unit, and the other ships may be provided with an energy receiving unit.
  • connection type vessel 23 is a schematic diagram showing another embodiment of a connection type vessel according to the present invention.
  • an energy generating unit 211 and an energy transmission unit 212 are installed in a first hull 21 that is a guided ship, and a second hull 22 connected to the first hull 21 , the second The third hull 23 connected to the second hull 22, the fourth hull 24 connected to the third hull 23, etc. may be provided with energy receiving units 221, 231,241, respectively.
  • the energy transmitting unit 212 and the energy receiving units 221 , 231,241 may be connected in series.
  • All hulls 22, 23, and 24 including the first hull 21 are provided with output units 213, 222, 232, and 242 that form their own power, respectively, and the output unit 213 of the first hull 21 is an energy generating unit 211 ), the output units (222, 232, 242) of the other hulls (22, 23, 24) may be connected to the energy receiving units (221, 231,241), respectively.
  • the energy generating unit 211 may be, for example, a nuclear power generator. However, it is not necessarily limited to nuclear power generators, and means capable of generating electrical energy at sea is sufficient.
  • the inter-hull connecting portions 251,252 and 253 may be installed, respectively.
  • each of the hull-to-hull connection parts 251,252, 253 and the effect thereof are the same as the configuration and the effect of the inter-hull connection part described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • connection type vessel as described above is provided with an energy generating unit 211 in the first hull 21 to generate electric energy, and this electric energy is produced through the energy transmission unit 212 provided in the first hull 21 .
  • the second, third, and fourth hulls 22, 23, and 24 sequentially connected to the first hull 21 are transmitted to the energy receiving units 221, 231,241, respectively.
  • each hull 21, 22, 23, 24 are connected to the energy generating unit 211 and the energy receiving unit 221, 231,241, respectively, electricity generated in the first hull 21 Energy is transmitted to the hulls (22, 23, 24) connected to the first hull.
  • the second, third, and fourth hulls 22, 23, and 24 continue to sail while connected to the first hull 21, or the corresponding inter-hull connection parts 251,252, 253 are separated to sail independently. can last
  • the sailing vessel can directly produce the energy required for sailing at sea or receive supply from the sea. Accordingly, it is possible to increase energy efficiency by eliminating the need for vessels in voyage to enter a nearby port for fuel supply. In addition, transportation costs using ships can be significantly reduced.
  • a plurality of vessel-to-ship connection units may be formed.
  • a plurality of ship-to-ship connection parts may be installed between the longitudinal direction (sailing direction) of the first hull and the second hull, and installed between the first hull and the second hull in the width direction (direction orthogonal to the sailing direction) it might be Alternatively, a plurality of intership connection parts may be respectively installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the first hull and the second hull.
  • This embodiment will be described mainly on an example in which a plurality of ship-to-ship connection parts are respectively installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the first hull and the second hull.
  • connection type vessel is a schematic diagram showing another embodiment of a connection type vessel according to the present invention.
  • connection-type vessel may include a plurality of hulls 31 and 32 and a plurality of inter-hull connecting portions 33 respectively connecting between the plurality of hulls 31 and 32 . have.
  • the plurality of hulls 31 and 32 may include one manned hull 31 and a plurality of block hulls 32 .
  • the manned hull 31 may have its own power (eg, a ship engine), whereas the block hull 32 may not have its own power.
  • the block hull 32 may also have its own power.
  • a plurality of inter-hull connections 33 may be installed between the manned hull 31 and the block hull 32 and between the block hulls 32 , respectively.
  • the plurality of inter-hull connection parts 33 may be installed between the longitudinal direction or the width direction of the plurality of hulls 31 and 32 .
  • a plurality of inter-hull connection parts 33 are installed between the manned hull 31 and the longitudinal direction of the block hull 32, and between the block hulls 32, respectively, installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction.
  • a plurality of inter-hull connecting portions 33 may be installed only on either side of between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the block hulls 32 .
  • an example in which the inter-hull connection part 33 is installed between the manned hull 31 and the block hull 32 in the longitudinal direction, and between the block hulls 32, is installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction, respectively. explained in the center.
  • the inter-hull connection part 33 is installed between the manned hull 31 and the block hull 32 or between the block hulls 32, or a plurality of each of the hulls 31 and 32 One or more of each may be installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the liver. Accordingly, the connection type vessel according to the present embodiment may be connected such that each of the hulls 31 and 32 is swayed only in the vertical direction.
  • the plurality of hull-to-hull connecting portions 33 may be formed in the same shape as a whole, and in some cases may be formed differently.
  • a plurality of inter-hull connection parts 33 will be described mainly in an example in which they are formed in the same shape as each other.
  • the inter-hull connection part 33 may be formed in a shape similar to that of the embodiment of FIG. 12 or FIG. 15 described above or similar thereto.
  • the free connection between hulls is formed like a twin ring shape or a universal joint, but in this embodiment, the free connection between hulls is connected in a link shape or the connection between hulls is excluded can Accordingly, in the present embodiment, both hulls [31, 32] [32, 32] are constrained in the width direction by a plurality of inter-hull connecting portions 33 and may be connected to be swayed only in the vertical direction.
  • connection-type vessel may constitute a kind of module vessel.
  • the container transported through the vehicle is directly unloaded on the block hull 32 waiting at the port, and the block hull 32 on which the container is mounted is moved to a specific point near the port or on the high seas, and then the inter-hull connection ( 33) to sequentially bind to the manned hull 31, which is a transoceanic hull.
  • the manned hull 31 and the plurality of block hulls 32 form one large container ship, and the large container ship sails to the destination using a ship engine provided in the manned hull (or block hull) 31 . can do.
  • a ship engine provided in the manned hull (or block hull) 31 .
  • a fluid resistance reducing plate may be further installed between the hulls.
  • the fluid resistance reducing plate can be deployed on the side and bottom surfaces of the block hulls, which are aft hulls, to smoothly guide the flow of fluid.
  • the left and right fluid resistance reducing plates are provided in the form of a straight flat plate, and the lower side fluid resistance reducing plates may be provided extending from the lower plane of the ship to the end of the round curved portion leading from this plane to the vertical section of the hull side surface.
  • Each of the fluid resistance reducing plate may be formed to angularly displace as much as a hydraulic cylinder or a wire rope for traction is installed, corresponding to the vertical displacement of the vessel when the vessel is shaken.
  • the fluid resistance reducing plate as described above can increase the efficiency of the ship engine by reducing the fluid resistance between the hulls connected to each other during the navigation of the connected type vessel.
  • the fluid resistance reducing plate can also serve as a rudder when changing the needle of a connected vessel, and can be used as a braking device in case of an emergency to increase safety.
  • 25 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a sea runway according to the present invention.
  • the offshore runway according to the present embodiment may be sequentially connected to a first offshore structure 41 , a second offshore structure 42 , and a third offshore structure 43 .
  • the drawing shows an example in which three offshore structures are connected, it can be further extended or reduced conversely as needed.
  • a first runway 411 is provided on the upper surface of the first offshore structure 41
  • a second runway 421 is provided on the upper surface of the second offshore structure 42
  • a third runway 431 may be provided.
  • an inter-structure connection assembly (not shown) city) can be installed.
  • each of the runways 411, 421, 431 is provided and connected to the plurality of offshore structures 41, 42, and 43, but both offshore structures are connected with an inter-structure connection assembly that restricts only up-and-down movement. In this case, it is possible to prevent in advance the damage of the sea runway while the connection part between the offshore structures 41, 42, and 43 actively responds to this even in poor sea conditions.
  • the inter-structure connection assembly connecting each offshore structure 41, 42, 43 is released to separate each offshore structure 41, 42, and 43, and , it is also possible to quickly evade using the self-powered power mounted on each of the offshore structures 41, 42, and 43.
  • the hull-to-hull connection part according to the present invention can be equally applied to offshore structures that do not have self-navigating capability, such as offshore plants, drilling facilities, lighthouses, and breakwaters, in addition to ships with self-navigation capability. Even in this case, since the basic configuration of the inter-hull connecting part connecting the offshore structures and the effect thereof are the same as those of the above-described embodiments, a detailed description thereof is replaced with the description of the above-described embodiments.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Ocean & Marine Engineering (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Ship Loading And Unloading (AREA)

Abstract

A connection type vessel according to the present invention may comprise: multiple hulls; and an inter-hull connecting part for connecting the multiple hulls, wherein the inter-hull connecting part comprises: a guide rail provided on a first hull among the multiple hulls; and a guide block, one end of which is coupled to the guide rail and the other end of which is coupled to a second hull facing the first hull, and the guide block is restricted from sliding on the guide rail in the longitudinal direction and width direction of the first hull and is allowed to slide thereon in the vertical direction of the first hull. By the invention, the entire length of the hull can be extended without enlarging the width of each hull. Therefore, the invention may be advantageous for manufacturing and maintenance of an extra-large vessel or an offshore structure.

Description

연결형 선박connected vessel
본 발명은 복수의 선체를 연결하는 연결형 선박에 관한 것이다. The present invention relates to a connecting type ship connecting a plurality of hulls.
국가간 또는 대륙간 분업화가 가속되면서 국가간 또는 대륙간 물적, 인적 교류가 더욱 활발해지고, 국가간 물동량도 함께 증가하고 있다. 이러한 국가간 또는 대륙간 인적, 물적이동은 항공운송수단이나 육상운송수단, 그리고 해상운송수단 등 다양한 운송수단을 통해 이루어지고 있다.As the division of labor between countries or continents accelerates, exchanges of goods and people between countries or continents become more active, and the volume of goods transported between countries is also increasing. Such human and physical movement between countries or continents is carried out through various means of transportation such as air transportation, land transportation, and sea transportation.
선박을 이용한 해상운송수단은 국가간 또는 대륙간 물동량이 증가하면서 적재량을 늘리기 위한 선박의 대규모화도 요구되고 있다. 하지만 선박의 규모를 키우는 것은 한계가 있을 뿐만 아니라 막대한 규모의 건조 비용 소요되는 등 어려운 문제가 산재해 있다. As maritime transport using ships increases in inter-country or intercontinental cargo volume, large-scale ships are also required to increase the loading capacity. However, increasing the size of a ship is not only limited, but there are also difficult problems such as a huge amount of construction cost.
예를 들어, 선박의 구조강도 설계시에는 선장비를 고려하게 되는데, 적정 선장비는 선폭 대비 선장의 비율로 정해지게 된다. 이 적정 선장비는 대략 1:8 내지 1:10 정도가 된다. 따라서 대형 선박을 건조하기 위해서는 선박의 선장 뿐만 아니라 선폭을 고려해야 하므로 그만큼 길고 넓은 건조시설(dock)이 필요하게 된다. 하지만 이러한 건조시설을 갖추는 것은 현실적으로 어렵고 그만큼 고비용이 필요하기 때문에 초대형 선박을 건조하는 것은 현실적으로 매우 어렵게 된다.For example, when designing the structural strength of a ship, the ship's equipment is considered, and the appropriate ship's equipment is determined by the ratio of the length of the ship to the width of the ship. This suitable boat ratio is in the order of 1:8 to 1:10. Therefore, in order to build a large ship, it is necessary to consider not only the captain of the ship but also the width of the ship, so a long and wide dock is required. However, it is practically difficult to have such a construction facility and it requires high cost, so it is very difficult to build a very large vessel in reality.
또한, 초대형 선박을 건조한다고 하더라도 선박의 횡단면적(선폭)이 증가하면서 조파저항(wave resistance)이 급격히 증가하게 되고, 이로 인해 선박의 에너지 효율이 크게 저하될 수 있다. In addition, even if a very large ship is built, wave resistance is rapidly increased as the cross-sectional area (line width) of the ship increases, and thus the energy efficiency of the ship may be greatly reduced.
이는 자동차운반선과 같은 화물선은 물론 항공모함(aircraft carrier)의 경우에도 동일하다. 항공모함은 해상에서 항공기를 전개하고 유지·보수하는 것으로, '해상항공기지'라고 할 수 있다. 따라서 항공모함 역시 가능한 한 대규모화하는 것이 여러측면에서 유리하다. This is the same for cargo ships such as automobile carriers as well as aircraft carriers. An aircraft carrier deploys, maintains, and repairs aircraft at sea, and can be called a 'marine air base'. Therefore, it is advantageous in many ways to enlarge the aircraft carrier as well as possible.
항공모함은 크기에 따라서는 슈퍼캐리어(100,000t급 내외), 대형항공모함, 중형항공모함, 경항공모함으로 구분할 수 있다. 이러한 항공모함은 다수의 함재기를 탑재하여 이착함시킴에 따라 가능한 한 넓고 길게 제작되는 것이 여러모로 유리하다. An aircraft carrier can be classified into a supercarrier (about 100,000t class), a large aircraft carrier, a medium-sized aircraft carrier, and a light aircraft carrier according to the size. Such an aircraft carrier is advantageous in many ways to be manufactured as wide and long as possible as a number of aircraft carriers are loaded and landed.
하지만 항공모함 역시 다른 선박과 마찬가지로 선폭 증가에 따른 유체저항의 증가, 대규모 건조시설의 미비로 인해 초대형 항공모함의 건조 자체가 매우 곤란한 실정이다. 뿐만 아니라 초대형 항공모함의 경우 변침각도가 커서 전술운용에 불리한 점이 있다.However, the aircraft carrier, like other ships, is also very difficult to build a very large aircraft carrier due to the increase in fluid resistance due to the increase in ship width and the inadequacy of large-scale construction facilities. In addition, the large aircraft carrier has a disadvantage in tactical operation due to its large swiveling angle.
본 발명의 첫째 목적은, 선체의 폭을 확대하지 않거나 확대정도를 최소화하면서도 선체의 길이를 두 배 이상(이론적으로는 무한정) 확대할 수 있도록 하여 초대형 선박의 제조 및 유지, 운영에 유리한 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.The first object of the present invention is to increase the length of the hull more than twice (theoretically indefinitely) while not expanding the width of the hull or minimizing the degree of expansion, so that it is advantageous to manufacture, maintain, and operate a super-large ship. intends to provide
나아가 본 발명은, 각 선체의 선체동요(hull oscillation) 또는 선체간 동요가 허용되도록 복수의 선체를 연결하여 안전성을 확보할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel capable of securing safety by connecting a plurality of hulls to allow hull oscillation or inter-hull oscillation of each hull.
더 나아가 본 발명은, 각 선체의 동요 또는 선체간 동요를 허용하되 필요시 선체간 동요를 구속하여 파고 및 선속에 따라 발생하는 선체간 높이차를 제한할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, the present invention is intended to provide a connection type vessel capable of limiting the height difference between hulls that occurs depending on the wave height and speed by restricting the fluctuations between the hulls if necessary, but allowing the sway of each hull or the sway between the hulls. .
본 발명의 둘째 목적은, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 사람, 적재물 또는 적재물이 탑재된 수송기계 등이 양쪽 선체 사이를 원활하게 이동할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.A second object of the present invention is to connect a plurality of hulls, but to provide a connection type vessel in which a person, a load, or a transport machine on which the load is mounted can smoothly move between both hulls.
나아가 본 발명은, 복수의 선체 사이에 연결부를 설치하되 선체간 동요로 인한 높이차를 최소화할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a connection type vessel capable of minimizing the height difference due to fluctuations between the hulls but installing a connection part between the plurality of hulls.
더 나아가 본 발명은, 복수의 선체 사이를 연결하는 연결부의 내구성을 높일 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel capable of increasing the durability of a connection part connecting a plurality of hulls.
본 발명의 셋째 목적은, 선체를 복층으로 형성하되 적재된 층간이동을 용이하게 할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.A third object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type ship that can facilitate the movement of the loaded interfloor but forming the hull in multiple layers.
나아가 본 발명은, 선체에 적재되는 주행 가능한 적재물이 자체동력으로 층간을 이동하도록 적재물주행공간을 구비하는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Further, an object of the present invention is to provide a connection type ship having a load running space so that a drivable load loaded on the hull can move between floors by its own power.
더 나아가 본 발명은, 적재물주행공간에 자동이송장치가 구비되어 주행 가능한 적재물의 층간이동을 용이하게 할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel equipped with an automatic transfer device in a load running space to facilitate interfloor movement of a traversable load.
본 발명의 넷째 목적은, 항구에서의 정선, 하역, 적재 시간을 대폭 단축하여 여러곳을 경유하는 컨테이너선 운항특성에 최적화할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.A fourth object of the present invention is to provide a connection-type vessel capable of optimizing the operating characteristics of a container ship passing through several places by significantly reducing the stopping, unloading, and loading times at the port.
본 발명의 다섯째 목적은, 해상구조물의 폭을 확대하지 않거나 확대정도를 최소화하면서도 해상구조물의 길이를 두 배 이상(이론적으로는 무한정) 확대할 수 있도록 하여 초대형 해상구도물의 제조 및 유지, 운영에 유리한 연결형 해상구조물을 제공하려는데 있다.A fifth object of the present invention is to increase the length of an offshore structure more than twice (theoretically indefinitely) while not expanding the width of the offshore structure or minimizing the degree of expansion, which is advantageous for the manufacture, maintenance, and operation of a very large offshore structure. It is intended to provide a connected offshore structure.
나아가 본 발명은, 각 해상구도물의 동요(oscillation) 또는 해상구조물간 동요가 허용되도록 복수의 해상구조물을 연결하여 안전성을 확보할 수 있는 연결형 해상구조물을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a connected offshore structure that can secure safety by connecting a plurality of offshore structures so that oscillation of each offshore structure or oscillation between offshore structures is allowed.
더 나아가 본 발명은, 각 해상구조물의 동요 또는 해상구조물간 동요를 허용하되 필요시 해상구조물간 동요를 구속하여 파고 및 선속에 따라 발생하는 해상구조물간 높이차를 제한할 수 있는 연결형 해상구조물을 제공하려는데 그 목적이 있다.Furthermore, the present invention provides a connection type offshore structure capable of limiting the height difference between offshore structures that occurs depending on the wave height and ship speed by restricting the fluctuations between offshore structures if necessary, while allowing the sway of each offshore structure or between offshore structures. There is a purpose to do that.
본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 선박엔진과 같은 자체동력을 구비하는 제1 선체와 제2 선체는 서로 이격된 상태에서 연결되고, 상기 제1 선체와 상기 제2 선체 사이는 선체간 동요가 가능하도록 연결되는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.In order to achieve the object of the present invention, the first hull and the second hull having their own power, such as a ship engine, are connected in a spaced apart state from each other, and inter-hull oscillation is possible between the first hull and the second hull. It is intended to provide a connected ship that is connected to do so.
본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 서로 마주보는 양쪽 선체의 갑판 사이를 연결하여 선체간 적재물주행공간에서의 이동을 원활하게 할 수 있는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.In order to achieve the object of the present invention, it is an object of the present invention to connect between the decks of both hulls facing each other to provide a connection-type vessel capable of smooth movement in the inter-hull loading space.
본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 복수의 선체를 연결하되, 서로 마주보는 선체가 동요될 수 있도록 선체간연결부를 구비하는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.In order to achieve the object of the present invention, but connecting a plurality of hulls, it is to provide a connection type ship having an inter-hull connection so that the hulls facing each other can be shaken.
본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 복수의 선체를 선체간 동요가 가능하도록 연결하는 선체간자유연결부; 및 상기 선체간자유연결부의 일측에 구비되어 상기 선체간 동요의 일부를 구속하는 선체간구속연결부를 포함하는 연결형 선박을 제공하려는데 있다.In order to achieve the object of the present invention, a free connection between hulls for connecting a plurality of hulls to enable inter-hull sway; And it is provided on one side of the free connection between the hulls to provide a connection-type vessel comprising a restraint connection between the hulls constraining a part of the sway between the hulls.
본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 복수의 선체; 및 상기 복수의 선체를 서로 연결하는 적어도 한 개 이상의 선체간연결부를 포함하고, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 복수의 선체의 길이방향 사이와 폭방향 사이 중에서 적어도 어느 한 쪽에 설치되어, 상기 복수의 선체의 선체동요 또는 선체간 동요의 적어도 일부를 허용하도록 구비되는 연결형 선박이 제공될 수 있다.In order to achieve the object of the present invention, a plurality of hulls; and at least one or more inter-hull connecting parts for connecting the plurality of hulls to each other, wherein the inter-hull connecting part is installed in at least one of a longitudinal direction and a width direction of the plurality of hulls, and the plurality of hulls A connected type vessel may be provided which is provided to allow at least a part of the hull sway or inter-hull sway of the hull.
일례로, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 구비되는 제1 연결부재; 및 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제2 선체에 구비되며, 상기 제1 연결부재에 결합되는 제2 연결부재를 포함할 수 있다. 상기 제1 연결부재와 상기 제2 연결부재는 자유회전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. In one example, the hull-to-hull connection portion, a first connecting member provided in the first hull among the plurality of hulls; and a second connecting member provided on the second hull among the plurality of hulls and coupled to the first connecting member. The first connecting member and the second connecting member may be freely rotatably connected.
일례로, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 결합되는 선체간구속연결부를 포함하고, 상기 선체간구속연결부는 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 결합될 수 있다.For example, the inter-hull connection part may include an inter-hull constraint connection part coupled to the first hull among the plurality of hulls, and the inter-hull constraint connection part may be slidably coupled in the vertical direction.
일례로, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 결합되는 선체간구속연결부; 및 일단은 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제2 선체에 결합되며, 타단은 상기 선체간구속연결부에 결합되는 선체간자유연결부를 포함할 수 있다. 상기 선체간구속연결부와 상기 선체간자유연결부는 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 결합될 수 있다.In one example, the hull-to-hull connection portion, the inter-hull restraint connection portion coupled to the first hull among the plurality of hulls; And one end is coupled to the second hull among the plurality of hulls, the other end may include an inter-hull free connection part coupled to the inter-hull constraint connection part. The inter-hull constraint connection part and the inter-hull free connection part may be slidably coupled in the vertical direction.
다른 예로, 상기 선체간구속연결부는 상기 제1 선체에 일방향 회전 가능하게 결합되고, 상기 선체간자유연결부는 상기 제2 선체에 자유회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.As another example, the inter-hull constraint connection part may be rotatably coupled to the first hull in one direction, and the inter-hull free connection part may be freely rotatably coupled to the second hull.
다른 예로, 상기 선체간구속연결부는 상기 제1 선체에 고정 결합되고, 상기 선체간자유연결부는 상기 제2 선체에 고정 결합될 수 있다.As another example, the inter-hull constraint connection portion may be fixedly coupled to the first hull, and the inter-hull free connection portion may be fixedly coupled to the second hull.
일례로, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 복수의 선체가 상호 상하방향으로 미끄러지도록 연결되고, 상기 복수의 선체가 상호 상하방향으로 미끄러지는 것을 구속하는 제동유닛이 더 구비될 수 있다.For example, the inter-hull connection unit may further include a braking unit connected to the plurality of hulls to slide in an up-down direction with each other, and a braking unit for restricting sliding of the plurality of hulls in a mutual up-down direction.
일례로, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 구비되는 가이드레일; 및 일단은 상기 가이드레일에 결합되며, 타단은 상기 제1 선체를 마주보는 제2 선체에 결합되는 가이드블록을 포함할 수 있다. 상기 가이드블록은, 상기 제2 선체가 상기 제1 선체의 상하방향에 대해 미끄러지도록 허용될 수 있다.In one example, the hull-to-hull connection portion, a guide rail provided on the first hull among the plurality of hulls; And one end is coupled to the guide rail, the other end may include a guide block coupled to the second hull facing the first hull. The guide block may be allowed to slide with respect to the vertical direction of the second hull of the first hull.
다른 예로, 상기 가이드레일은, 상하방향을 따라 연장되는 미끄럼공간; 및 상기 미끄럼공간의 일측면에서 상기 미끄럼공간을 따라 상하방향으로 연장되는 연결슬릿이 포함될 수 있다. 상기 가이드블록은, 상기 가이드레일의 미끄럼공간에 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입되는 블록부; 및 상기 블록부에서 연장되어 상기 연결슬릿을 따라 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입되고, 상기 제2 선체에 연결되도록 구비되는 연결돌부를 포함할 수 있다.As another example, the guide rail may include a sliding space extending in a vertical direction; and a connection slit extending vertically along the sliding space from one side of the sliding space. The guide block may include a block part which is slidably inserted in the vertical direction into the sliding space of the guide rail; and a connecting protrusion extending from the block portion and slidably inserted in the vertical direction along the connecting slit, and provided to be connected to the second hull.
다른 예로, 상기 가이드레일은 상기 제1 선체에 고정되도록 결합되고, 상기 가이드블록은 상기 제2 선체에 선체간 동요를 허용하는 자유회전이 가능하도록 결합될 수 있다.As another example, the guide rail may be coupled to be fixed to the first hull, and the guide block may be coupled to the second hull to allow free rotation to allow inter-hull sway.
다른 예로, 상기 가이드레일은 상기 제1 선체에 상하회전이 가능하도록 결합되고, 상기 가이드블록은 상기 제2 선체에 선체간 동요를 허용하는 자유회전이 가능하도록 결합될 수 있다.As another example, the guide rail may be coupled to the first hull to enable vertical rotation, and the guide block may be coupled to the second hull to allow free rotation to allow inter-hull sway.
또 다른 예로, 상기 제1 선체에는 상기 가이드레일의 양단 중에서 적어도 어느 한쪽 단부가 회전 가능하게 삽입되도록 가이드커버가 구비될 수 있다.As another example, the first hull may be provided with a guide cover so that at least one end of the both ends of the guide rail is rotatably inserted.
또 다른 예로, 상기 가이드커버에는 상기 가이드레일의 양단을 회전방향에 대해 탄력 지지하도록 탄성부재가 구비될 수 있다.As another example, the guide cover may be provided with an elastic member to elastically support both ends of the guide rail in the rotational direction.
다른 예로, 상기 가이드레일에는 제동슬릿이 상하방향으로 연장되고, 상기 제동슬릿의 폭방향 일측에는 상하방향으로 연장되는 제동레일이 형성될 수 있다. 상기 가이드블록에는 상기 제동슬릿에 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 제동돌부가 형성되고, 상기 제동돌부에는 상기 제동레일에 선택적으로 착탈되어 상기 가이드블록의 상하방향 미끄럼을 구속하는 제동유닛이 구비될 수 있다.As another example, a braking slit extending in the vertical direction may be formed on the guide rail, and a braking rail extending in the vertical direction may be formed on one side of the braking slit in the width direction. A braking protrusion may be formed in the guide block to slide in a vertical direction on the braking slit, and a braking unit may be selectively attached to and detached from the braking rail to restrict the vertical sliding of the guide block.
다른 예로, 상기 복수의 선체 사이에는 선체간격유지부가 더 구비될 수 있다. 상기 선체간격유지부는, 마주보는 선체를 향해 상기 선체의 길이방향을 따라 선택적으로 신장될 수 있다.As another example, a hull spacing maintaining part may be further provided between the plurality of hulls. The hull spacing maintaining part may be selectively extended along the longitudinal direction of the hull toward the hull facing the hull.
일례로, 상기 복수의 선체는 기설정된 간격만큼 서로 이격된 상태에서 연결되고, 상기 복수의 선체의 사이에는 양쪽 선체를 연결하는 갑판간연결부가 구비될 수 있다. 상기 갑판간연결부는, 일단이 상기 복수의 선체 사이에서 한쪽 선체에 힌지 결합되고 타단은 다른쪽 선체에 착탈 가능하게 얹혀져 지지될 수 있다.For example, the plurality of hulls may be connected in a state spaced apart from each other by a predetermined interval, and an inter-deck connecting portion connecting both hulls may be provided between the plurality of hulls. The inter-deck connection part may be supported by being hinged to one hull at one end between the plurality of hulls and the other end being detachably mounted on the other hull.
다른 예로, 상기 갑판간연결부는 상기 선체의 길이방향을 따라 배열되는 복수의 연결플레이트로 이루어질 수 있다. 상기 복수의 연결플레이트는 서로 힌지 결합되어 어느 한쪽 선체에 구비되는 연결플레이트승강유닛에 의해 선택적으로 지지되거나 또는 지지해제될 수 있다.As another example, the deck-to-deck connection part may be made of a plurality of connection plates arranged along the longitudinal direction of the hull. The plurality of connection plates may be hinged to each other and selectively supported or released by a connection plate elevating unit provided on either hull.
일례로, 상기 복수의 선체는, 각각 복층으로 구비되며, 하부층에는 주행가능한 주행적재물을 적재하는 격납고가 구비되고, 상부층에는 상기 주행적재물이 주행하도록 활주로가 구비되는 갑판부; 및 상기 복수의 선체에 각각 구비되어 상기 주행적재물이 주행하여 상기 갑판부의 층내 및 층간을 이동하는 주행부를 더 포함할 수 있다. 상기 주행부는, 상기 격납고를 이루는 하부층과 상기 활주로를 이루는 상부층에 각각 구비되는 층내주행부; 및 상기 복수의 선체의 선수 또는 선미에 구비되어, 상기 하부층에 구비된 층내주행부와 상기 상부층에 구비된 층내주행부를 서로 연결하는 층간주행부를 포함할 수 있다.For example, the plurality of hulls are provided in multiple layers, respectively, the lower layer is provided with a hangar for loading drivable traveling loads, and the upper layer has a deck portion provided with a runway for the traveling loads to travel; And it is provided on each of the plurality of hulls may further include a traveling unit for moving the traveling load in the floor and between the floors of the deck portion to travel. The traveling unit may include: an inner-floor traveling unit provided on a lower layer forming the hangar and an upper layer forming the runway, respectively; And it is provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls, it may include an interfloor running part for connecting the inner running part provided in the lower layer and the inner running part provided in the upper layer to each other.
다른 예로, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체의 갑판부는 상부층이 하부층보다 길게 연장되고, 상기 가이드레일은 상기 갑판부의 상부층에 고정 결합될 수 있다.As another example, the upper layer of the deck portion of the first hull among the plurality of hulls extends longer than the lower layer, and the guide rail may be fixedly coupled to the upper layer of the deck portion.
다른 예로, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에는 상기 가이드레일의 양단 중에서 적어도 어느 한쪽 단부가 회전 가능하게 삽입되도록 가이드커버가 구비되고, 상기 가이드커버는 상기 갑판부의 상부층에 고정 결합될 수 있다.As another example, the first hull among the plurality of hulls is provided with a guide cover such that at least one end of the both ends of the guide rail is rotatably inserted, and the guide cover may be fixedly coupled to the upper layer of the deck portion.
또한, 본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 복수의 선체; 상기 복수의 선체를 연결하는 선체간연결부; 상기 복수의 선체에 각각 복층으로 구비되며, 하부층에는 주행가능한 주행적재물을 적재하는 격납고가 구비되고, 상부층에는 상기 주행적재물이 주행하도록 활주로가 구비되는 갑판부; 상기 복수의 선체에 각각 구비되어 상기 주행적재물이 주행하여 상기 갑판부의 층내 및 층간을 이동하는 주행부를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, in order to achieve the object of the present invention, a plurality of hulls; an inter-hull connecting portion connecting the plurality of hulls; The plurality of hulls are provided in multiple layers, respectively, the lower layer is provided with a hangar for loading drivable traveling loads, and the upper layer has a deck portion provided with a runway for the traveling loads to travel; It is provided in each of the plurality of hulls may include a traveling unit for moving the traveling load in the floor and between the floors of the deck portion to travel.
일례로, 상기 주행부는, 상기 격납고를 이루는 하부층과 상기 활주로를 이루는 상부층에 각각 구비되는 층내주행부; 및 상기 복수의 선체의 선수 또는 선미에 구비되어, 상기 하부층에 구비된 층내주행부와 상기 상부층에 구비된 층내주행부를 서로 연결하는 층간주행부를 포함할 수 있다.In one example, the traveling unit may include: an inner-floor traveling unit provided on a lower layer forming the hangar and an upper layer forming the runway, respectively; And it is provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls, it may include an interfloor running part for connecting the inner running part provided in the lower layer and the inner running part provided in the upper layer to each other.
일례로, 상기 격납고는 하부층의 양단 사이에서 중앙부에 구비되고, 상기 격납고의 양쪽 측면중에서 적어도 한쪽 측면에는 상기 주행적재물이 해당 층내에서 주행하는 층내주행부가 구비될 수 있다. 상기 복수의 선체의 선수 또는 선미에는 상기 하부층에 구비된 층내주행부를 상기 상부층에 구비된 활주로에 연결하도록 층간주행부가 구비될 수 있다.For example, the hangar may be provided in a central portion between both ends of the lower floor, and at least one side of both sides of the hangar may be provided with an intra-floor running portion in which the running load travels within the corresponding floor. An interlevel running part may be provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls to connect the inner running part provided in the lower layer to the runway provided in the upper layer.
다른 예로, 상기 층내주행부는 상기 갑판부를 따라 평행하게 형성되고, 상기 층간주행부는 상기 갑판부에 대해 경사지게 형성될 수 있다.As another example, the inner running portion may be formed in parallel along the deck portion, and the interfloor running portion may be formed to be inclined with respect to the deck portion.
또 다른 예로, 상기 층내주행부 또는 상기 층간주행부는 상기 주행적재물을 탑재하여 자동으로 이동시키는 자동이송부가 구비될 수 있다.As another example, the intra-floor traveling unit or the inter-floor traveling unit may be provided with an automatic transfer unit that automatically moves the traveling load by mounting it.
일례로, 상기 격납고는 상기 활주로를 이루는 복층 갑판에 의해 형성되고, 상기 복층 갑판은 상기 복수의 선체의 폭방향으로 개구되어 상기 격납고가 개방될 수 있다.For example, the hangar may be formed by a multi-layered deck forming the runway, and the multi-layered deck may be opened in the width direction of the plurality of hulls to open the hangar.
일례로, 상기 갑판부에는 상기 하부층과 상기 상부층 사이를 복개하는 전자파차폐막이 구비될 수 있다.For example, the deck portion may be provided with an electromagnetic wave shielding film covering between the lower layer and the upper layer.
일례로, 상기 복수의 선체는, 선체의 하면에서 양쪽 측면으로 각각 관통되는 측류형성통로가 형성되고, 상기 측류형성통로에는 상기 선체의 측면방향으로 수류를 형성하도록 측류형성부재가 구비될 수 있다.For example, in the plurality of hulls, side flow forming passages are respectively formed from the lower surface of the hull to both sides, and the side flow forming passage may be provided with a side flow forming member to form a water flow in the lateral direction of the hull.
일례로, 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 적어도 한 개의 선체에는 에너지발생유닛 및 상기 에너지발생유닛에서 발생된 에너지를 다른 선체에 전달하는 에너지전송유닛이 구비될 수 있다. 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 다른 선체에는 상기 에너지전송유닛과 연결되어 자체동력을 구동시키는 에너지수신유닛이 구비될 수 있다.For example, at least one hull among the plurality of hulls may be provided with an energy generating unit and an energy transmission unit for transferring the energy generated from the energy generating unit to another hull. Another hull among the plurality of hulls may be provided with an energy receiving unit connected to the energy transmitting unit to drive its own power.
본 발명의 목적을 달성하기 위하여, 자항능력을 가지도록 선박엔진을 구비하는 유인선체; 상기 유인선체에 연결되며, 상기 유인선체에 의해 항해하는 적어도 한 개 이상의 블록선체; 및 상기 유인선체와 상기 블록선체의 사이 또는 상기 블록선체들 사이를 연결하는 선체간연결부를 포함하고, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 선체간연결부는, 상기 유인선체와 상기 블록선체 중에서 어느 한쪽, 또는 복수의 블록선체들 중에서 어느 한쪽 블록선체에 구비되는 가이드레일; 및 일단은 상기 가이드레일에 결합되며, 타단은 상기 가이드레일이 결합된 선체를 마주보는 다른 선체에 결합되는 가이드블록을 포함하며, 상기 가이드블록은, 서로 마주보는 선체가 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 상기 가이드레일에 결합될 수 있다.In order to achieve the object of the present invention, a manned hull having a ship engine to have self-navigating ability; at least one block hull connected to the manned hull and sailed by the manned hull; and an inter-hull connection part connecting between the manned hull and the block hull or between the block hulls, wherein the inter-hull connection part, the inter-hull connection part, includes either one of the manned hull and the block hull, or a guide rail provided on any one of the block hulls among the plurality of block hulls; And one end is coupled to the guide rail, the other end comprises a guide block coupled to the other hull facing the hull to which the guide rail is coupled, the guide block, the guide block, the hull facing each other to slide in the vertical direction It can be coupled to the rail.
본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결함에 따라, 개별 선체의 폭을 확대하지 않으면서도 선체의 전체 길이를 확대할 수 있어 선장이 증가하여야 하는 초대형 선박의 제조 및 유지에 유리할 수 있다.The connection-type vessel according to this embodiment, by connecting a plurality of hulls, can expand the overall length of the hull without increasing the width of the individual hulls, so it can be advantageous for the manufacture and maintenance of a super-large vessel that requires an increase in the captain .
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 양쪽 선체의 선체동요가 가능하도록 연결됨에 따라, 전체 선체의 길이를 확장하면서도 선체의 표면을 포함한 골간을 이루는 프레임 등의 두께를 유지할 수 있어 초대형 선박의 건조비용을 낮출 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment connects a plurality of hulls, but as they are connected so that the hull oscillation of both hulls is possible, the length of the entire hull is extended while maintaining the thickness of the frame forming the backbone including the surface of the hull. This can lower the construction cost of super-large ships.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 복수의 선체를 연결하는 부재를 회전 가능하게 설치함으로써, 선체간 동요를 효과적으로 허용하여 복수의 선체를 연결하면서도 연결장치의 안정성을 높일 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment connects a plurality of hulls, but by rotatably installing a member for connecting the plurality of hulls, it effectively permits sway between the hulls to increase the stability of the connection device while connecting the plurality of hulls can
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 각 선체를 복층으로 형성하여 하층은 격납고로, 상층은 활주로로 구분함에 따라, 복수의 선체를 연결하여 초대형 선박을 이루는 동시에 적재량을 증가시킬 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment connects a plurality of hulls, but each hull is formed into a double layer, so that the lower layer is a hangar and the upper layer is a runway. can increase
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결하는 부재를 상측 갑판에 고정함으로써, 선체간연결장치를 견고하게 고정할 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to the present embodiment, by fixing a member for connecting a plurality of hulls to the upper deck, it is possible to firmly fix the inter-hull connecting device.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 각각 복층으로 형성하되 층내주행부와 층간주행부를 구비함에 따라, 별도의 자동이송장치를 구비하지 않고도 복층으로 된 선체에서의 적재물에 대한 층간이동을 용이하게 할 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment forms a plurality of hulls in multiple layers, but as it has an inner running part and an interfloor running part, interfloor for loads in the multi-story hull without a separate automatic transfer device can facilitate movement.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 선체간 동요가 가능하도록 연결함에 따라, 초대형 선박을 구성하면서도 변침각도를 줄여 운용을 용이하게 할 수 있다. In addition, the connection-type vessel according to the present embodiment, by connecting a plurality of hulls to enable inter-hull sway, it is possible to facilitate operation by reducing the angle of change while constituting a very large vessel.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 양쪽 선체의 갑판을 연결하는 플레이트 형상의 갑판간연결부가 설치됨에 따라, 양쪽 선체의 선체동요를 허용하도록 연결하면서도 선체 사이의 간격이 발생되는 것을 억제하여 선체간 이동을 원활하게 할 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment connects a plurality of hulls, but as a plate-shaped inter-deck connection part connecting the decks of both hulls is installed, the spacing between the hulls while connecting to allow hull sway of both hulls It is possible to smooth the movement between the hulls by suppressing the occurrence.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 양쪽 선체 사이의 간격을 유지하는 선체간격유지부가 설치됨에 따라, 양쪽 선체의 직진성을 확보할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라 초대형 선체의 변침시 더욱 크게 발생될 수 있는 조파저항을 극복하고 초대형 선박이 원활하게 변침되도록 할 수 있다.In addition, in the connection type ship according to this embodiment, as the hull spacing maintaining part for maintaining the distance between the two hulls is installed, it is possible not only to secure the straightness of both hulls, but also to make waves that can be generated more significantly when changing the super large hull. It can overcome the resistance and make the very large vessel change smoothly.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 양쪽 선체의 사이를 연결하는 선체간자유연결부에 선체구속연결부가 구비됨에 따라, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 필요시 선체간 상하동요를 구속하여 선체간 높이차를 제한할 수 있다. 이에 따라 복수의 선체를 연결하면서도 초대형 선박으로서의 역할을 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment is provided with a hull restraint connection part in the free connection part between the hulls connecting between the two hulls. can be limited. Accordingly, while connecting a plurality of hulls, it is possible to smoothly perform a role as a super large ship.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 양쪽 선체 사이를 연결하는 갑판간연결부가 선체의 길이방향 또는 폭방향을 따라 복수 개로 분할하여 형성함에 따라, 각 선체의 선체동요로 인한 선체간 높이차가 발생되더라도 갑판간연결부가 선체간 높이차에 대응하여 선체간 높이차(또는 경사차)를 최소화할 수 있다.In addition, in the connection type ship according to this embodiment, as the inter-deck connection part connecting between the two hulls is divided into a plurality of pieces along the longitudinal direction or the width direction of the hull, the height difference occurs between the hulls due to the hull fluctuation of each hull. Even if it is possible, the height difference (or inclination difference) between the hulls can be minimized in response to the height difference between the hulls by the inter-deck connection part.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 각 선체의 측면에 변침보조유닛이 형성됨에 따라, 변침시 측류를 형성하여 신속하게 변침이 수행되도록 하거나 또는 변침후 신속하게 복원되도록 하여 초대형 선박의 운용을 용이하게 할 수 있다.In addition, in the connection type vessel according to this embodiment, as the changing needle auxiliary unit is formed on the side surface of each hull, a side flow is formed during the changing needle so that the changing needle can be quickly performed or quickly restored after the change of the bed, so that the operation of the super large vessel is improved. can be done easily
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 하층갑판과 상층갑판 사이에 전자파차폐막을 포함한 전자파차폐유닛이 구비됨에 따라, 필요시 전자파차폐막이 하층갑판과 상층갑판 사이를 복개하여 격납된 함재기가 외부로 노출되는 것을 방지할 수 있고, 이를 통해 항공모함이 상대의 레이더에 노출되는 것을 억제할 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment is provided with an electromagnetic shielding unit including an electromagnetic shielding film between the lower deck and the upper deck. Exposure can be prevented, and thus the aircraft carrier can be suppressed from being exposed to the opponent's radar.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체를 연결하되 한 개의 선체에 에너지발생유닛을 설치하고, 에너지발생유닛에서 발생된 에너지를 다른 선체에 제공함으로써, 해상에서 항해중인 선박이 항해에 필요한 에너지를 해상에서 직접 생산하거나 또는 공급을 받을 수 있다. 이에 따라 항해중인 선박이 연료공급을 위해 인근항으로 입항할 필요가 없어 에너지효율을 높일 수 있다. 뿐만 아니라 선박을 이용한 운송비용을 현저하게 낮출 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment connects a plurality of hulls, but by installing an energy generating unit in one hull, and providing energy generated from the energy generating unit to the other hull, The required energy can be produced or supplied directly from the sea. Accordingly, it is possible to increase energy efficiency by eliminating the need for vessels in voyage to enter a nearby port for fuel supply. In addition, transportation costs using ships can be significantly reduced.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은, 유인선체에 복수의 블록선체가 연결되어 모듈 선박을 구성함으로써, 항구에서의 정선, 하역, 적재 시간을 대폭 단축하여 여러곳을 경유하는 컨테이너선 운항특성에 최적화할 수 있다.In addition, the connection type ship according to this embodiment is a module ship by connecting a plurality of block hulls to the manned hull, thereby greatly reducing the stopping, unloading, and loading times at the port, thereby improving the operational characteristics of container ships passing through several places. can be optimized.
도 1은 본 실시예에 따른 복수의 항공모함이 분리된 상태를 보인 사시도,1 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are separated according to the present embodiment;
도 2는 도 1에 따른 복수의 항공모함이 연결된 상태를 보인 사시도,2 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers according to FIG. 1 are connected;
도 3 및 도 4는 도 2에 따른 복수의 항공모함이 연결된 상태를 보인 측면도 및 평면도,3 and 4 are a side view and a plan view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are connected according to FIG. 2;
도 5는 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부를 분해하여 보인 사시도,5 is an exploded perspective view of the inter-hull connection part according to the present embodiment;
도 6은 도 5에서 선체간 연결상태를 설명하기 위해 보인 개략도,6 is a schematic diagram showing the connection state between the hulls in FIG. 5;
도 7은 도 5에서 갑판간연결조립체가 결합된 상태를 보인 사시도,7 is a perspective view showing a state in which the deck-to-deck connection assembly is coupled in FIG. 5;
도 8 및 도 9는 도 5에서 갑판간연결부의 대응사례를 설명하기 위해 보인 개략도들,8 and 9 are schematic diagrams shown to explain a corresponding case of the inter-deck connection in FIG. 5,
도 10은 본 실시예에 따른 주행부에 대한 다른 실시예를 보인 측면도,10 is a side view showing another embodiment of the driving unit according to the present embodiment;
도 11은 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부에 대한 다른 실시예를 보인 사시도,11 is a perspective view showing another embodiment of the hull-to-hull connection part according to the present embodiment;
도 12는 도 11에서 선체간연결부를 확대하여 보인 사시도,12 is an enlarged perspective view of the hull-to-hull connection part in FIG. 11;
도 13은 도 12의 "Ⅳ-Ⅳ"선단면도,13 is a sectional view "IV-IV" of FIG. 12;
도 14a 및 도 14b는 도 11에 따른 선체간연결부의 구속해제상태 및 구속상태를 각각 보인 단면도,14a and 14b are cross-sectional views respectively showing the release state and the restraint state of the inter-hull connection part according to FIG. 11;
도 15는 선체간연결부에 대한 또 다른 실시예를 보인 분해사시도,15 is an exploded perspective view showing another embodiment of the inter-hull connection part;
도 16은 도 15를 조립하여 보인 사시도,16 is a perspective view of FIG. 15 assembling;
도 17은 도 16을 정면에서 본 단면도,17 is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 16 viewed from the front;
도 18은 도 17에서 선체간동요가 진행되는 상태를 보인 단면도,18 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the hull sway in FIG. 17 is in progress;
도 19는 가이드레일과 가이드블록에 대한 다른 실시예를 보인 단면도,19 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of a guide rail and a guide block;
도 20은 본 실시예에 따른 항공모함의 변침상태를 개략적으로 보인 평면도,20 is a plan view schematically showing the changing needle state of the aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment;
도 21은 도 20의 "Ⅴ-Ⅴ"선단면도,21 is a "V-V" front sectional view of FIG. 20;
도 22는 본 발명에 따른 항공모함에서 전자파차폐유닛의 일실시예를 보인 개략도,22 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of an electromagnetic wave shielding unit in an aircraft carrier according to the present invention;
도 23은 본 발명에 따른 연결형 선박의 다른 실시예를 보인 개략도,23 is a schematic view showing another embodiment of a connection type vessel according to the present invention;
도 24은 본 발명에 따른 연결형 선박의 또 다른 실시예를 보인 개략도,24 is a schematic view showing another embodiment of a connected vessel according to the present invention;
도 25는 본 발명에 따른 해상활주로의 일실시예를 보인 개략도.25 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a sea runway according to the present invention.
이하, 본 발명에 의한 연결형 선박을 첨부된 일실시예에 의거하여 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, a connection-type vessel according to the present invention will be described in detail based on an attached embodiment.
본 발명에 의한 연결형 선박은, 콘테이너선이나 유조선, 여객선이나 군함선 등 모든 선박을 포함한다. 다만, 본 실시예에서는 군함선을 예로 들어 설명하되, 군함선 중에서도 규모가 큰 항공모함을 예로 들어 설명한다.The connection type ship according to the present invention includes all ships such as container ships, oil tankers, passenger ships, and warships. However, in this embodiment, a warship will be described as an example, but a large-scale aircraft carrier among warships will be described as an example.
또한, 본 발명에 의한 연결형 선박은, 복수의 선체가 선체의 길이방향에 해당하는 종방향으로 연결되는 소위 '종형선단'을 중심으로 설명하나, 복수의 선체가 선체의 폭방향에 해당하는 횡방향으로 연결되는 소위 '횡형선단'의 경우에도 동일하게 구성될 수 있다. In addition, the connection-type ship according to the present invention is described with a focus on the so-called 'vertical tip' in which a plurality of hulls are connected in the longitudinal direction corresponding to the longitudinal direction of the hull, but a plurality of hulls in the transverse direction corresponding to the width direction of the hull In the case of the so-called 'horizontal tip' connected by
도 1은 본 실시예에 따른 복수의 항공모함이 분리된 상태를 보인 사시도이고, 도 2는 도 1에 따른 복수의 항공모함이 연결된 상태를 보인 사시도이며, 도 3 및 도 4는 도 2에 따른 복수의 항공모함이 연결된 상태를 보인 측면도 및 평면도이다.1 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are separated according to this embodiment, FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers according to FIG. 1 are connected, and FIGS. 3 and 4 are according to FIG. It is a side view and a plan view showing a state in which a plurality of aircraft carriers are connected.
이들 도면을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)은, 자체동력을 구비하는 복수의 항모선체(11)(12), 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결하는 선체간연결부(13)를 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)는 각각 제1 갑판부(112) 및 제1 주행부(113), 제2 갑판부(122) 및 제2 주행부(123)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1 갑판부(112)와 제2 갑판부(122), 제1 주행부(113)와 제2 주행부(123)는 각각 항모선체(11)(12)에 구비되므로, 이들에 대하여는 항모선체와 함께 설명한다.Referring to these drawings, the connection-type aircraft carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 having their own power, and between the hulls connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 A connection part 13 may be included. The plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 may include a first deck part 112 and a first driving part 113 , a second deck part 122 and a second driving part 123 , respectively. Since the first deck portion 112 and the second deck portion 122, the first traveling portion 113 and the second traveling portion 123 are provided in the carrier hull 11 and 12, respectively, for these, the carrier hull explain along with
복수의 항모선체(11)(12)는 2척 이상의 항모선체로 이루어질 수 있다. 본 실시예에서는 항모선체(11)(12)가 2척인 경우를 예로 들어 설명하되, 선두에 배치되는 항모선체를 제1 선체(11)로, 후미에 배치되는 항모선체를 제2 선체(12)로 정의하여 설명한다. 아울러 본 실시예에서는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 각각 자체동력을 구비하는 경우를 설명하나, 이에 국한되지는 않는다. 즉 제1 선체(11)만 자체동력을 구비할 수도 있고, 제2 선체(12)만 자체동력을 구비할 수도 있다.The plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 may be formed of two or more carrier hulls. In this embodiment, the case where there are two carrier hulls 11 and 12 will be described as an example, but the carrier hull disposed at the front is the first hull 11, and the carrier hull disposed at the rear is the second hull (12) Define and explain. In addition, in this embodiment, the case where the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 each have their own power will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. That is, only the first hull 11 may have its own power, and only the second hull 12 may have its own power.
제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)는 후술할 선체간연결부(13), 제1 갑판부(112)와 제2 갑판부(122), 제1 주행부(113)와 제2 주행부(123) 등을 제외하고 기본적으로는 동일하거나 유사한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 따라서 이하에서는 제1 선체(11)를 중심으로 설명하고, 제2 선체(12)에 대하여는 제1 선체(11)에 대한 설명으로 대신하되 제1 선체(11)와 다른 부분은 제2 선체(12)에서 설명한다. 다만 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)를 함께 설명할 때에는 제1 선체측 또는 선두측, 제2 선체측 또는 후미측으로 정의하여 설명할 수 있다.The first hull 11 and the second hull 12 have an inter-hull connection part 13 to be described later, a first deck part 112 and a second deck part 122, a first traveling part 113 and a second traveling part. Except for the part 123 and the like, it may be basically formed in the same or similar shape. Therefore, in the following description, the first hull 11 will be mainly described, and the second hull 12 will be replaced with the description of the first hull 11, but the first hull 11 and other parts will be the second hull 12 ) is explained in However, when describing the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 together, it can be defined and described as the first hull side or the leading side, the second hull side or the aft side.
도 1 및 도 2를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 제1 선체(11)는 일부가 해수면 아래에 잠기고 일부는 해수면 위에 노출되며 자체동력을 이루는 선박 엔진을 구비하는 제1 선체부(111), 제1 선체부(111)의 상면을 이루는 제1 갑판부(112)를 포함한다.1 and 2, the first hull 11 according to the present embodiment is partially submerged below the sea level and partly exposed above the sea level, a first hull part 111 having a self-powered marine engine; It includes a first deck portion 112 constituting the upper surface of the first hull portion (111).
제1 선체부(111)는 통상적인 항공모함을 비롯한 다른 선박과 동일하거나 유사하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다. 다만 제1 선체부(111)의 후단에는 후술할 선체간연결부(13)의 일부가 설치된다. 이에 대하여는 나중에 설명한다.Since the first hull 111 is the same as or similar to other ships including a typical aircraft carrier, a detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, at the rear end of the first hull part 111, a part of the inter-hull connection part 13 to be described later is installed. This will be explained later.
제1 갑판부(112)는 복층, 예를 들어 2층으로 이루어질 수 있다. 하지만 제1 갑판부(112)는 필요에 따라 3층 이상으로 이루어질 수도 있다. 다만 본 실시예에서는 제1 갑판부(112)가 2층으로 이루어진 예를 중심으로 설명한다.The first deck portion 112 may be formed of multiple layers, for example, two layers. However, the first deck portion 112 may be formed of three or more layers, if necessary. However, in this embodiment, the first deck portion 112 will be mainly described with respect to an example in which two layers are formed.
제1 갑판부(112)는 하부층을 이루는 제1 하층갑판(1121)과, 상부층을 이루는 제1 상층갑판(1122)으로 이루어질 수 있다. The first deck part 112 may include a first lower deck 1121 forming a lower layer and a first upper deck 1122 forming an upper layer.
제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제1 상층갑판(1122)은 동일한 넓이를 가지도록 형성될 수도 있고, 필요에 따라 서로 다른 넓이를 가지도록 형성될 수도 있다. 예를 들어 본 실시예와 같이 제1 하층갑판(1121)의 폭에 비해 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 폭이 좁게 형성될 수 있다. The first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122 may be formed to have the same width, or may be formed to have different widths if necessary. For example, as in this embodiment, the width of the first upper deck 1122 may be narrower than the width of the first lower deck 1121 .
제1 하층갑판(1121)의 상면에는 다수의 함재기(또는 항공기)가 격납되도록 제1 격납고(1121a)가 형성되고, 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 상면에는 제1 활주로(1122a)가 형성될 수 있다. 도면으로 도시하지는 않았지만, 제1 갑판부(112)가 3층으로 이루어진 경우에는 맨 위층을 이루는 제3 갑판부의 상면에 활주로가 형성되며, 그 아래층을 이루는 제1 하층갑판(1121) 및 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 상면에 제1 격납고(1121a)가 각각 형성될 수 있다.A first hangar 1121a is formed on the upper surface of the first lower deck 1121 to accommodate a plurality of aircraft (or aircraft), and a first runway 1122a may be formed on the upper surface of the first upper deck 1122. have. Although not shown in the drawings, when the first deck part 112 is made up of three layers, a runway is formed on the upper surface of the third deck part constituting the top layer, and the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper layer forming the lower layer. A first hangar 1121a may be formed on the upper surface of the deck 1122, respectively.
제1 하층갑판(1121)은 제1 선체부(111)의 상단을 복개하도록 설치될 수 있다. 제1 하층갑판(1121)은 선체부의 상단 넓이(예를 들어 폭)와 동일하게 형성될 수도 있고, 경우에 따라서는 더 넓게 형성될 수 있다. 후술할 주행부를 고려하면 제1 하층갑판(1121)의 폭은 선체부의 폭보다 크게 형성되는 것이 바람직할 수 있다. The first lower deck 1121 may be installed to cover the upper end of the first hull 111 . The first lower deck 1121 may be formed to be the same as the width (eg, width) of the upper end of the hull, and may be formed to be wider in some cases. Considering the running part to be described later, it may be preferable that the width of the first lower deck 1121 is larger than the width of the hull part.
제1 상층갑판(1122)은 제1 하층갑판(1121)의 상측에 복수의 제1 지지기둥 또는 제1 지지벽(이하에서는 제1 지지기둥으로 통칭한다)에 의해 지지되어, 제1 하층갑판(1121)으로부터 기설정된 높이만큼 이격된 상태에서 설치될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 하층갑판(1121)의 상면과 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 하면 사이에 앞서 설명한 제1 격납고(1121a)가 설치될 수 있다.The first upper deck 1122 is supported by a plurality of first support columns or a first support wall (hereinafter collectively referred to as a first support column) on the upper side of the first lower deck 1121, and the first lower deck ( 1121) may be installed in a state spaced apart by a predetermined height. Accordingly, the first hangar 1121a described above may be installed between the upper surface of the first lower deck 1121 and the lower surface of the first upper deck 1122 .
제1 격납고(1121a)는 길이방향을 따라 복수의 제1 격납면(1121b)으로 구획될 수 있다. 제1 격납면(1121b)은 각각의 제1 지지기둥(1121c) 사이마다에 구비될 수도 있고, 복수의 제1 격납면(1121b)이 제1 지지기둥을 사이에 두고 구비될 수도 있다. The first hangar 1121a may be divided into a plurality of first containment surfaces 1121b along the longitudinal direction. The first containment surface 1121b may be provided between each of the first support pillars 1121c, and a plurality of first containment surfaces 1121b may be provided with the first support column interposed therebetween.
본 실시예에 따른 제1 격납고(1121a)는 제1 선체(11)의 폭방향을 이루는 양쪽 측면이 모두 개구되거나 적어도 한 쪽 측면은 개구될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 격납고(1121a)는 측면개방형으로 형성되어 항공모함이 불의의 피격을 당하더라도 그 폭발력이 대기중으로 곧바로 방출되어 억제하여 피해를 최소화할 수 있다.Both sides of the first hangar 1121a according to the present embodiment forming the width direction of the first hull 11 may be opened or at least one side may be opened. Accordingly, the first hangar 1121a is formed in a side-opening type, so that even if an aircraft carrier is accidentally hit, the explosive force is released directly into the atmosphere and suppressed, thereby minimizing damage.
제1 격납면(1121b)은 함재기가 제1 선체(11)의 폭방향(또는 좌우방향)으로 입출되도록 길이방향에 직교하도록 구획될 수도 있고, 길이방향 또는 폭방향에 대해 경사진 방향으로 입출되도록 경사지게 구획될 수도 있다. 후술할 제1 층내주행부(1131)가 제1 격납고(1121a)의 폭방향 양쪽에 구비되는 점을 고려하면 제1 격납면(1121b)은 제1 층내주행부(1131)에 대해 순방향을 이루도록 경사진 방향으로 구획되는 것이 바람직할 수 있다. The first containment surface 1121b may be partitioned orthogonal to the longitudinal direction so that the aircraft carrier enters and exits in the width direction (or left and right direction) of the first hull 11, and enters and exits in the longitudinal direction or in a direction inclined with respect to the width direction. It may also be partitioned obliquely. Considering that the first inner running portion 1131, which will be described later, is provided on both sides of the first hangar 1121a in the width direction, the first containment surface 1121b is curved so as to form a forward direction with respect to the first inner running portion 1131. It may be desirable to partition in the photographic direction.
한편, 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 사이에는 제1 하층갑판(1121)에 격납된 함재기를 제1 상층갑판(1122)으로, 또는 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 함재기를 제1 하층갑판(1121)으로 각각 이동시키는 함재기이동부가 구비될 수 있다. On the other hand, between the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122, the aircraft stored in the first lower deck 1121 is the first upper deck 1122, or the first upper deck 1122. An aircraft moving unit for moving the aircraft to the first lower deck 1121 may be provided.
함재기이동부는 엘리베이터가 적용될 수도 있다. 하지만 이 경우에는 함재기이동부에 대한 설치비용이 증가되고 유지비용이 발생할 수 있다. 뿐만 아니라 엘리베이터를 이용한 함재기이동부로는 정해진 시간동안 이동시킬 수 있는 함재기의 수량이 적어 비효율적일 수 있다. An elevator may be applied to the aircraft moving unit. However, in this case, the installation cost for the carrier moving part may increase and maintenance costs may occur. In addition, it may be inefficient because the number of aircraft that can be moved for a set period of time is small with the aircraft carrier moving unit using the elevator.
이에 본 실시예에서는 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제1 상층갑판(1122) 사이를 연결하는 제1 층간주행부(1132)가 더 구비될 수 있다. Accordingly, in this embodiment, a first interfloor running part 1132 connecting between the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122 may be further provided.
도 1 내지 도 3을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 제1 주행부(113)는 제1 격납고(1121a)와 제1 활주로(1122a)의 사이를 연결하여 함재기가 이동하는 주행로를 이루는 부분으로, 제1 선체(11)의 선단과 양쪽 측면 또는 한쪽 측면에 형성될 수 있다. 제1 주행부(113)는 후술할 제2 선체(12)의 제2 주행부(123)와 함께 폐루프 형상으로 연결될 수 있다.1 to 3 , the first traveling unit 113 according to the present embodiment connects between the first hangar 1121a and the first runway 1122a to form a traveling path on which the aircraft carrier moves. , It may be formed on both sides or one side of the tip and the first hull (11). The first traveling part 113 may be connected to the second traveling part 123 of the second hull 12 to be described later in a closed loop shape.
구체적으로, 제1 주행부(113)는 제1 층내주행부(1131) 및 제1 층간주행부(1132)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1 층내주행부(1131)는 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 각 층내에서 함재기가 이동하는 주행로이고, 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제1 상층갑판(1122) 사이를 함재기가 이동하는 주행로이다. 제1 층내주행부(1131)와 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 서로 연결되어 항공모함 전체에서 폐루프 형태의 주행로가 형성될 수 있다. Specifically, the first traveling unit 113 may include a first intra-floor traveling unit 1131 and a first inter-floor traveling unit 1132 . The first inner running part 1131 is a running path on which the aircraft moves within each floor of the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122, and the first interfloor running part 1132 is the first lower deck ( 1121) and the first upper deck 1122 is a traveling path on which the aircraft moves. The first inner-floor running unit 1131 and the first inter-floor running unit 1132 may be connected to each other to form a closed-loop driving path in the entire aircraft carrier.
또한, 제1 주행부(113)는 후술할 제2 선체(12)의 제2 주행부(123)에 대해 독립적으로 이루어질 수도 있다. 하지만, 제1 선체(11)의 제1 선체부(111)와 제2 선체(12)의 제2 선체부(121)가 연결되어 긴 활주로를 확보하는 경우에는 제1 선체(11)의 제1 주행부(113)와 제2 선체(12)의 제2 주행부(123)는 상호 유기적으로 연계되는 것이 바람직할 수 있다.In addition, the first traveling unit 113 may be made independently of the second traveling unit 123 of the second hull 12 to be described later. However, when the first hull part 111 of the first hull 11 and the second hull part 121 of the second hull 12 are connected to secure a long runway, the first of the first hull 11 It may be preferable that the traveling unit 113 and the second traveling unit 123 of the second hull 12 are organically linked to each other.
예를 들어, 제1 하부갑판(1121)과 제1 상부갑판(1122)에 각각 구비되는 제1 층내주행부(1131)는 제1 층간주행부(1132)에 의해 서로 연결되고, 제2 하부갑판(1221)과 제2 상부갑판(1222)에 각각 구비되는 제2 층내주행부(1231)는 제2 층간주행부(1232)에 의해 서로 연결될 수 있다. 그리고 제1 하부갑판(1121)의 제1 층내주행부(1131)는 제2 하부갑판(1221)의 제2 층내주행부(1231)와 연결되고, 제1 상부갑판(1122)의 제1 층내주행부(1131)는 제2 상부갑판(1222)의 제2 층내주행부(1231)와 연결될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 선체(11)의 제1 주행부(113)는 제2 선체(12)의 제2 주행부(123)와 함쳐져 폐루프를 이루게 된다. For example, the first inner-floor running portion 1131 provided on the first lower deck 1121 and the first upper deck 1122, respectively, is connected to each other by the first inter-floor running portion 1132, and the second lower deck The second inner-floor running parts 1231 respectively provided on the 1221 and the second upper deck 1222 may be connected to each other by the second inter-floor running parts 1232 . And the first inner running part 1131 of the first lower deck 1121 is connected to the second inner running part 1231 of the second lower deck 1221, and the first inner running part of the first upper deck 1122 The part 1131 may be connected to the second inner running part 1231 of the second upper deck 1222 . Accordingly, the first traveling portion 113 of the first hull 11 is impregnated with the second traveling portion 123 of the second hull 12 to form a closed loop.
구체적으로, 제1 선체(11)의 제1 하층갑판(1121)에는 중앙측에 제1 격납고(1121a)가 형성되고, 제1 격납고(1121a)의 좌우 양쪽에 각각 제1 층내주행부(1131)의 일부를 이루는 제1 하부층내주행부(1131a)가 형성될 수 있다. 도면으로 도시하지는 않았지만, 제1 하부층내주행부(1131a)는 제1 격납고(1121a)의 일측면에 형성될 수도 있다. 다만, 이하에서는 제1 하부층내주행부(1131a)가 제1 격납고(1121a)의 양쪽 측면에 형성된 예를 중심으로 설명한다.Specifically, a first hangar 1121a is formed on the central side of the first lower deck 1121 of the first hull 11, and a first inner running part 1131 is formed on both left and right sides of the first hangar 1121a, respectively. A first lower layer inner running portion 1131a forming a part of may be formed. Although not shown in the drawings, the first lower inner running portion 1131a may be formed on one side of the first hangar 1121a. However, in the following description, an example in which the first lower inner running portion 1131a is formed on both sides of the first hangar 1121a will be mainly described.
제1 하부층내주행부(1131a)는 제1 격납고(1121a)의 양쪽 측면을 따라 함재기의 폭 또는 길이만큼의 넓이를 가지도록 형성될 수 있다. 제1 하부층내주행부(1131a)는 제1 격납고(1121a)와 동일 평면상에서 평행하게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 함재기는 제1 하부층내주행부(1131a)를 이용하여 제1 상부층내주행부(1131b)를 이루는 제1 활주로(1122a)에서 제1 격납고(1121a)를 향해, 제1 격납고(1121a)에서 제1 활주로(1122a)를 향해 이동할 수 있다.The first lower inner running portion 1131a may be formed along both sides of the first hangar 1121a to have an area corresponding to the width or length of the aircraft carrier. The first lower inner running portion 1131a may be formed parallel to and on the same plane as the first hangar 1121a. Accordingly, the aircraft carrier uses the first lower inner running portion 1131a from the first runway 1122a constituting the first upper inner running portion 1131b toward the first hangar 1121a, and from the first hangar 1121a. It may move toward the first runway 1122a.
제1 상부층내주행부(1131b)는 앞서 설명한 바와 같이 제1 활주로(1122a)를 이루는 주행부로서, 제1 상부갑판(1122)의 상면 전체를 포함할 수 있다.The first upper inner running portion 1131b is a running portion forming the first runway 1122a as described above, and may include the entire upper surface of the first upper deck 1122 .
제1 층간주행부(1132)는 제1 층내주행부(1131)의 일단(선단)과 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 제1 활주로(1122a)를 연결되도록 제1 층내주행부(1131)의 일단(선단)에서 연장되어 형성될 수 있다.The first interfloor running part 1132 is one end of the first inner running part 1131 so as to connect one end (end) of the first inner running part 1131 and the first runway 1122a of the first upper deck 1122. It may be formed extending from the (tip).
제1 층간주행부(1132)는 제1 층내주행부(1131)의 일단(선단)에서 제1 상층갑판(1122)에 구비된 제1 활주로(1122a)에 연결되도록 형성될 수 있다. 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 제1 층내주행부(1131)와 대응되도록 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 도 4와 같이 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 제1 활주로(1122a)를 중심으로 좌우방향(또는 횡방향) 양쪽에서 연장되어 제1 층내주행부(1131)에 연결될 수도 있고, 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 제1 활주로(1122a)를 중심으로 좌우방향(또는 폭방향, 횡방향) 양쪽 중 어느 한쪽에서 연장되어 제1 층내주행부(1131)에 연결될 수도 있다. The first interfloor running portion 1132 may be formed to be connected to the first runway 1122a provided on the first upper deck 1122 at one end (end) of the first inner floor running portion 1131 . The first inter-floor running portion 1132 may be formed to correspond to the first inner-floor running portion 1131 . For example, as shown in FIG. 4 , the first interfloor running unit 1132 extends in both left and right directions (or lateral direction) around the first runway 1122a and may be connected to the first inner floor running unit 1131, as shown in FIG. Although not shown, the first interfloor running unit 1132 extends from either side of the left and right direction (or width direction, lateral direction) with respect to the first runway 1122a and may be connected to the first interfloor running unit 1131 have.
도 3을 참조하면, 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 함재기가 자체동력을 이용하여 제1 하층갑판(1121)에서 제1 상층갑판(1122)으로 이동할 수 있도록 각각 기설정된 각도만큼 경사진 경사면으로 형성될 수 있다. 하지만 경우에 따라서는 제1 층간주행부(1132)는 콘베이어와 같이 별도의 전동기를 이용한 자동이송유닛이 구비되어 함재기를 이송시킬 수도 있다. 이에 대하여는 나중에 층간주행부에 대한 다른 실시예로 설명한다.Referring to FIG. 3 , the first interfloor running unit 1132 is inclined by a predetermined angle so that the aircraft carrier can move from the first lower deck 1121 to the first upper deck 1122 using its own power. can be formed. However, in some cases, the first interfloor running unit 1132 may be provided with an automatic transfer unit using a separate electric motor, such as a conveyor, to transfer the aircraft. This will be described later as another embodiment of the inter-floor running unit.
도 4를 참조하면, 제1 층간주행부(1132)의 상단에는 그 제1 층간주행부(1132)를 제1 활주로(1122a)와 연결하여 함재기의 방향을 전환할 수 있는 제1 방향전환부(1133)가 더 형성될 수 있다. 제1 방향전환부(1133)는 함재기가 자체적으로 방향을 전환할 수 있도록 기설정된 넓이를 가지는 공간으로 형성될 수도 있고, 함재기를 태워 회전시키는 전동회전유닛(미도시)으로 이루어질 수도 있다. 후자의 경우 제1 방향전환부(1133)의 면적을 최소화할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 4 , at the upper end of the first interfloor running part 1132, a first direction changing part ( 1133) may be further formed. The first direction change unit 1133 may be formed as a space having a predetermined width so that the aircraft aircraft can change the direction by itself, or may be formed of an electric rotation unit (not shown) that rotates the aircraft aircraft on its own. In the latter case, the area of the first direction changing unit 1133 may be minimized.
도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 제1 층간주행부는 양쪽 제1 층내주행부 중에서 어느 한 쪽에만 형성되고 다른 쪽은 기존의 엘리베이터나 또는 다른 용도로 활용할 수도 있다.Although not shown in the drawings, the first inter-floor running unit may be formed on only one side of both first inter-floor running units, and the other side may be used for an existing elevator or other purpose.
도 1 및 도 2를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 제2 선체(12)는, 앞서 설명한 바와 같이, 제1 선체(11)와 마찬가지로 제2 선체부(121)의 상측에 각각 제2 하층갑판(1221)과 제2 상층갑판(1222)으로 이루어지고, 제2 하층갑판(1221)과 제2 상층갑판(1222)의 사이에는 복수의 제2 격납면(1221b)을 포함한 제2 격납고(1221a)가, 제2 상층갑판(1222)의 상면에는 제2 활주로(1222a)가 각각 형성될 수 있다. 제2 격납고(1221a) 및 제2 활주로(1222a)는 제1 선체(11)의 제1 격납고(1121a) 및 제1 활주로(1122a)와 동일하므로 이에 대한 설명은 제1 선체(11)에서의 설명으로 대신한다.1 and 2, the second hull 12 according to the present embodiment, as described above, the second lower deck, respectively, on the upper side of the second hull part 121, like the first hull 11, Consists of 1221 and the second upper deck 1222, and between the second lower deck 1221 and the second upper deck 1222 is a second hangar 1221a including a plurality of second containment surfaces 1221b. A, a second runway 1222a may be formed on the upper surface of the second upper deck 1222, respectively. Since the second hangar 1221a and the second runway 1222a are the same as the first hangar 1121a and the first runway 1122a of the first hull 11, a description thereof is given in the first hull 11. replace with
다만, 제2 활주로(1222a)는 함재기가 이착함을 시작하는 지점을 포함하므로, 제2 활주로(1222a)에는 이함추력유닛(미도시) 및/또는 착함제동유닛(미도시)이 설치될 수도 있다. 이함추력유닛으로는 통상 캐터펄트(catapult)로 알려져 있으며, 착함제동유닛으로는 어레스팅 와이어(arresting wire)로 알려져 있다. 이러한 캐터펄트와 어레스팅 와이어가 제2 활주로(1222a)에 설치될 수 있다. However, since the second runway 1222a includes the point at which the aircraft carrier starts landing, the ship thrust unit (not shown) and/or the landing braking unit (not shown) may be installed on the second runway 1222a. . The ship thrust unit is commonly known as a catapult, and the landing brake unit is known as an arresting wire. Such a catapult and arresting wire may be installed on the second runway 1222a.
하지만, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)의 경우에는 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결하여 활주로의 길이가 통상의 항공모함에 비해 2배 또는 그 이상이 된다. 이에 따라 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)에서는 앞서 설명한 이함추력유닛 또는 착함제동유닛이 배제되거나 또는 설치되더라도 소형으로 설치될 수 있다. 특히 착함제동유닛이 설치되는 경우는 활주로의 끝단을 포함하는 제1 활주로(1122a)에 설치될 수 있다. 이 경우 함재기의 착함시 길어진 활주로를 통과하면서 운동에너지가 거의 감소된 상태이므로 착함제동유닛에 가해지는 충격이 현저하게 감소될 수 있고, 이에 따라 착함제동유닛의 수명을 연장할 수 있다. 이들 이함추력유닛 및 착함제동유닛은 항공모함에서 널리 적용되는 장치들이므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다.However, in the case of the connection-type aircraft carrier 1 according to this embodiment, the length of the runway by connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 is twice or more than that of a conventional aircraft carrier. Accordingly, in the connected aircraft carrier (1) according to the present embodiment, even if the above-described in-ship thrust unit or landing braking unit is excluded or installed, it can be installed in a small size. In particular, when the landing braking unit is installed, it may be installed on the first runway 1122a including the end of the runway. In this case, since the kinetic energy is almost reduced while passing through the longer runway during landing of the aircraft, the impact applied to the landing braking unit can be remarkably reduced, thereby extending the life of the landing braking unit. Since these in-ship thrust units and landing braking units are devices widely applied in aircraft carriers, detailed descriptions thereof will be omitted.
또한, 제2 선체(12)는 제1 선체(11)와 마찬가지로 제2 주행부(123)가 포함될 수 있다. 제2 주행부(123)는 제1 선체(11)의 제1 주행부(113)와 함께 함재기가 항공모함 내에서 이동하는 주행로를 이루게 된다.In addition, the second hull 12 may include a second traveling part 123 like the first hull 11 . The second traveling unit 123 forms a traveling path along with the first traveling unit 113 of the first hull 11 on which the aircraft carrier moves in the aircraft carrier.
제2 주행부(123)는 제2 층내주행부(1231)와 제2 층간주행부(1232)를 포함한다.The second traveling unit 123 includes a second inner-floor traveling unit 1231 and a second inter-floor traveling unit 1232 .
제2 층내주행부(1231)는 제1 층내주행부(1131)와 마찬가지로 제2 격납고(1221a)의 양쪽 측면 또는 한쪽 측면에 구비되고, 제2 층간주행부(1232)는 제1 층간주행부(1132)와 마찬가지로 제2 활주로(1222a)를 중심으로 양쪽 측면 또는 한쪽 측면에서 연장되어 구비될 수 있다. The second inner running part 1231 is provided on both sides or one side of the second hangar 1221a, like the first inner running part 1131, and the second interfloor running part 1232 is the first interfloor running part ( 1132), it may be provided to extend from both sides or one side around the second runway 1222a.
제2 층내주행부(1231)는 제1 층내주행부(1131)와 마찬가지로 제1 격납고(1121a)와 동일 평면상에서 평행하게 형성되고, 제2 층간주행부(1232)는 제1 층간주행부(1132)와 마찬가지로 제2 하층갑판(1221)과 제2 상측갑판을 연결할 수 있도록 경사진 경사면으로 형성될 수 있다. 제2 층간주행부(1232)의 상단에는 그 제2 층간주행부(1232)를 제2 활주로(1222a)와 연결하여 함재기의 방향을 전환할 수 있는 제2 방향전환부(1133)가 더 형성될 수 있다. The second inner running part 1231 is formed in parallel with the first hangar 1121a on the same plane as the first inner running part 1131 , and the second interfloor running part 1232 is the first interfloor running part 1132 . ), it may be formed as an inclined surface so as to connect the second lower deck 1221 and the second upper deck. At the upper end of the second interfloor running portion 1232, a second direction changing portion 1133 capable of changing the direction of the aircraft by connecting the second interfloor running portion 1232 to the second runway 1222a is further formed. can
상기와 같은 제2 주행부(123)의 기본적인 구성은 앞서 설명한 제1 주행부(113)와 유사하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 제1 주행부(113)에 대한 설명으로 대신한다.Since the basic configuration of the second traveling unit 123 as described above is similar to the first traveling unit 113 described above, a detailed description thereof will be replaced with a description of the first traveling unit 113 .
한편, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부(13)는 선체간자유연결부(131), 갑판간연결부(134)를 포함할 수 있다. 선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 선체(11)의 선체부(111)와 제2 선체(12)의 선체부(121) 사이를 서로 연결하는 부분이고, 갑판간연결부(134)는 제1 선체(11)의 갑판부(112)와 제2 선체(12)의 갑판부(122) 사이를 서로 연결하는 부분이다. Meanwhile, the inter-hull connection part 13 according to the present embodiment may include an inter-hull free connection part 131 and an inter-deck connection part 134 . The inter-hull free connection part 131 is a part connecting the hull part 111 of the first hull 11 and the hull part 121 of the second hull 12 to each other, and the inter-deck connection part 134 is the first A portion connecting the deck portion 112 of the hull 11 and the deck portion 122 of the second hull 12 to each other.
도 5는 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부를 보인 분해사시도이고, 도 6은 도 5에서 선체간 연결상태를 설명하기 위해 보인 개략도이다.5 is an exploded perspective view showing the inter-hull connection part according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating the inter-hull connection state in FIG. 5 .
도 5 및 도 6을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)는 연결형 항공모함(1)을 이루는 제1 선체(11)의 선미와 제2 선체(12)의 선수를 연결하도록 구비될 수 있다. 선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 선체(및 제2 선체)(11)의 폭방향 중심을 지나는 중심선(CL)상에 설치되어 양쪽 선체를 연결할 수 있다.5 and 6 , the inter-hull free connection part 131 according to this embodiment connects the stern of the first hull 11 constituting the connection type aircraft carrier 1 and the bow of the second hull 12 . can be provided. The inter-hull free connection part 131 may be installed on the center line CL passing through the center of the width direction of the first hull (and the second hull) 11 to connect both hulls.
구체적으로, 선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 선체(11)의 선미에 구비되는 제1 연결부재(1311) 및 제2 선체(12)의 선수에 구비되는 제2 연결부재(1311)로 이루어질 수 있다. 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1311)는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)의 각 동요(oscillation)를 상호 구속하지 않으면서 연결될 수 있다. Specifically, the inter-hull free connection part 131 is composed of a first connecting member 1311 provided at the stern of the first hull 11 and a second connecting member 1311 provided at the bow of the second hull 12 . can The first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 may be connected without constraining each oscillation of the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 to each other.
예를 들어, 선체간자유연결부(131)는 쌍고리연결구조 이루어질 수 있다. 다시 말해 제1 연결부재(1311)는 횡방향 고리로, 제2 연결부재(1311)는 종방향 고리로 각각 이루어져, 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1311)가 서로 끼워져 쌍고리형태로 연결될 수 있다. 이에 쌍고리연결구조는 링크연결구조 또는 체인연결구조라고 이해될 수도 있다. For example, the free connection part 131 between the hulls may have a bicyclic connection structure. In other words, the first connecting member 1311 is a transverse ring, and the second connecting member 1311 is a longitudinal ring, respectively, so that the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 are fitted with each other to form a twin ring. form can be connected. Accordingly, the bicyclic connection structure may be understood as a link connection structure or a chain connection structure.
아울러, 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 제1 연결부재와 제2 연결부재를 쌍고리연결구조 또는 링크연결구조 또는 체인연결구조에 의해 연결되지 않고, 제1 연결부재와 제2 연결부재는 일체로 연결하되 각 선체와 연결되는 연결부재의 단부를 유니버셜조인트와 같이 자유회전이 가능한 구조로 연결될 수도 있다. 이는, 제1 연결부재와 제2 연결부재가 쌍고리연결구조로 연결되는 상태에서도 적용될 수 있다. In addition, although not shown in the drawings, the first connection member and the second connection member are not connected by a twin-ring connection structure or a link connection structure or a chain connection structure, and the first connection member and the second connection member are integrally connected. The ends of the connecting members connected to each hull may be connected in a structure capable of free rotation, such as a universal joint. This may be applied even in a state in which the first connecting member and the second connecting member are connected in a bicyclic connecting structure.
제1 연결부재(1311)의 고리내경과 제2 연결부재(1311)의 고리내경은 각 연결부재(1311)(1312)의 선재직경보다 크게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1311)가 서로 쌍고리형태로 연결된 상태에서 각각의 연결부재(1311)(1312)의 각 방향 운동, 구체적으로는 각 선체(11)(12)의 동요 또는 선체간 동요를 상호 구속하지 않게 된다. The inner diameter of the ring of the first connecting member 1311 and the inner diameter of the ring of the second connecting member 1311 may be formed to be larger than the wire diameter of each of the connecting members 1311 and 1312 . Accordingly, in the state in which the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 are connected to each other in a bicyclic form, each of the connecting members 1311 and 1312 moves in each direction, specifically, each hull 11 ( 12) fluctuations or inter-hull fluctuations are not mutually constrained.
그러면 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1311)가 각각 결합되는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 서로 고리연결된 상태에서도 각각의 롤링(종동요, rolling), 피칭(횡동요, pitching), 요잉(선수동요, yawing), 히빙(상하동요, heaving), 스웨잉(좌우동요, swaying), 서어징(전후운동, surging) 등 6가지의 동요가 일정정도 범위내에서 허용될 수 있다. 다만 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)는 양쪽 선체간 전후방향으로의 운동인 서어징이 다른 운동에 비해 상대적으로 허용범위가 작게 이루어져 선체 사이의 길이방향을 상호 구속하여 연결된 상태를 유지할 수 있다.Then, even in a state in which the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 to which the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311 are respectively coupled are ring-connected to each other, each rolling (rolling), pitching 6 types of agitation within a certain range including (sideways sway, pitching), yaw (forward sway, yawing), heaving (up and down sway, heaving), swaying (left and right sway, swaying), and surging (back-and-forth movement, surging) may be permitted in However, in the free connection part 131 between hulls according to this embodiment, the surging, which is a movement in the front-rear direction between both hulls, has a relatively small allowable range compared to other movements, so that the longitudinal direction between the hulls is mutually constrained to maintain the connected state. can
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1311)가 착탈 가능하게 구비될 수도 있다. 예를 들어 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1311) 중에서 적어도 어느 한쪽 연결부재에서 고리부분을 분해하여 다른쪽 연결부재를 분리할 할 수 있도록 형성되거나, 또는 연결부재(1311)(1312) 자체가 해당 선체(11)(12)로부터 분리 가능하도록 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 선체간자유연결부(131)는 양쪽 선체(11)(12)를 연결하여 활주로의 길이를 연장하거나, 또는 피격이나 기타 운용중 일부 선체의 손상이 발생된 경우 손상된 선체를 분리하여 피해가 확산되는 것을 미연에 억제할 수 있다.In addition, the free connection part 131 between the hulls according to the present embodiment may be provided with a first connection member 1311 and a second connection member 1311 detachably. For example, the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1311, at least one of the connecting member by disassembling the ring portion is formed to be able to separate the other connecting member, or the connecting member 1311 ( 1312) itself may be formed to be separable from the hull 11 and 12. Accordingly, the free connection part 131 between the hulls connects both hulls 11 and 12 to extend the length of the runway, or if some hull damage occurs during a hit or other operation, the damage spreads by separating the damaged hull. can be prevented in advance.
한편, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)는 앞서 설명한 개별 선체의 동요 또는 선체간 동요가 허용됨에 따라 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)는 상대운동이 가능하게 된다. 이에 따라 해양조건에 따라 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 선체간자유연결부(131)의 중심(O)을 지나는 z축(상하방향 축)을 중심으로 회전하는 요잉이 발생될 수 있다. 이는 항공모함이 변침하는 과정에서도 발생될 수 있다.On the other hand, in the free connection part 131 between hulls according to this embodiment, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are capable of relative motion as the above-described fluctuations of the individual hulls or the fluctuations between the hulls are allowed. Accordingly, depending on the marine conditions, the yaw in which the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 rotate about the z-axis (vertical axis) passing the center O of the inter-hull free connection part 131 may occur. can This can also happen in the process of changing an aircraft carrier.
이 경우 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 과도하게 접하여 제1 선체(11)의 선미와 제2 선체(12)의 선수가 충돌하거나 또는 선체간자유연결부(131)를 이루는 제1 연결부재(1311) 또는 제2 연결부재(1311)에 응력이 집중될 수 있다.In this case, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are in excessive contact so that the stern of the first hull 11 and the bow of the second hull 12 collide or form the free connection part 131 between the hulls. Stress may be concentrated on the first connecting member 1311 or the second connecting member 1311 .
이에 본 실시예에서는 제1 선체(11)의 선미 또는 이를 마주보는 제2 선체(12)의 선수 중에서 적어도 어느 한쪽에는 선체(11)(12) 사이의 간격(선체간격)을 유지하도록 하는 선체간격유지부(14)가 더 설치될 수 있다.Therefore, in this embodiment, at least one of the bows of the stern of the first hull 11 or the second hull 12 facing the hull 11, the hull spacing to maintain the spacing (hull spacing) between the hulls 11 and 12 A holding part 14 may be further installed.
도 5를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간격유지부(14)는 제2 선체(12)의 선수에서 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 향해 연장 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 5 , the hull spacing maintaining part 14 according to the present embodiment may be formed extending from the bow of the second hull 12 toward the stern of the first hull 11 .
선체간격유지부(14)는 실린더를 이루는 간격유지하우징(141), 피스톤을 이루는 간격유지부재(1332)를 포함할 수 있다. 간격유지하우징(141)은 제2 선체(12)의 선수에 고정 결합되고, 간격유지부재(1332)는 간격유지하우징(141)의 내부에 미끄러지게 삽입될 수 있다.The hull spacing maintaining unit 14 may include a spacing maintaining housing 141 constituting a cylinder and a spacing maintaining member 1332 constituting a piston. The spacing maintaining housing 141 is fixedly coupled to the bow of the second hull 12 , and the spacing maintaining member 1332 may be slidably inserted into the spacing maintaining housing 141 .
도면으로 도시하지는 않았지만, 간격유지하우징(141)의 후단에는 그 간격유지하우징(141)에 유압을 선택적으로 제공하기 위한 유압장치(미도시)가 설치될 수 있다. 하지만, 반드시 유압장치가 적용되는 것은 아니다. 예를 들어 전동기를 이용하는 전동유닛이 설치될 수도 있다. Although not shown in the drawings, a hydraulic device (not shown) for selectively providing hydraulic pressure to the space keeping housing 141 may be installed at the rear end of the space keeping housing 141 . However, the hydraulic system is not necessarily applied. For example, an electric unit using an electric motor may be installed.
도면중 미설명 부호인 1231c는 제2 상층갑판을 지지하는 제2 지지기둥이다.1231c, which is an unexplained reference in the drawings, is a second support column for supporting the second upper deck.
상기와 같이, 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12) 사이에 선체간격유지부(14)가 설치되는 경우에는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 과도하게 접근하는 것을 억제할 수 있다. As described above, when the hull spacing maintaining part 14 is installed between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are excessively approached. can be suppressed
즉, 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 접근하는 것을 억제할 필요가 있는 경우에는 유압장치에 신호를 전달하여 유체가 간격유지하우징(141)의 내부, 즉 간격유지부재(1332)의 후방으로 유입되도록 한다.That is, when it is necessary to suppress the approach of the first hull 11 and the second hull 12, a signal is transmitted to the hydraulic device so that the fluid flows inside the spacing housing 141, that is, the spacing member 1332 ) to flow backwards.
그러면, 간격유지하우징(141)의 내부로 유입된 유체의 압력에 의해 간격유지부재(1332)가 맞은편인 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 향해 돌출되고, 이 간격유지부재(1332)가 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 밀어내 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 일직선을 이루도록 한다. 이를 통해 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 선체간 동요가 가능하도록 연결된 상태에서도 두 선체의 직진성이 유지될 수 있다.Then, the gap maintaining member 1332 protrudes toward the stern of the opposite first hull 11 by the pressure of the fluid introduced into the gap maintaining housing 141, and the gap maintaining member 1332 is first 1 by pushing the stern of the hull 11 so that the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 form a straight line. Through this, even in a state in which the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are connected so that the hull can be swayed, the straightness of the two hulls can be maintained.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)의 변침시에는 그 변침하는 쪽의 간격유지부재(1332)의 돌출길이를 짧게 하는 동시에 반대쪽은 간격유지부재(1332)의 돌출길이를 길게 제어할 수 있다. 이를 통해 초대항 항공모함의 변침시 더욱 크게 발생될 수 있는 조파저항을 극복하고 항공모함(1)이 원활하게 변침되도록 할 수 있다.In addition, when changing the needle of the connected aircraft carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the protruding length of the spacing maintaining member 1332 on the side of the changing needle is shortened and the protruding length of the spacing maintaining member 1332 on the opposite side is long. can Through this, it is possible to overcome the wave resistance that may be generated even more during the shifting of the first aircraft carrier, and to allow the aircraft carrier 1 to change smoothly.
한편, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부(13)는 앞서 설명한 선체의 6가지 동요를 허용하면서도 일부 동요를 구속할 수 있는 선체간구속연결부(133)가 구비될 수 있다. 예를 들어 선체간구속연결부(133)는 주행로 또는 활주로의 평탄도와 관련성이 높은 동요[피칭(횡동요) 또는 히빙(상하동요)]을 구속할 수 있다. 이를 통해 함재기의 이착함 또는 선체간 이동이 수행되는 동안에는 선체간 높이차를 허용범위 내에서 관리함으로써 주행로 또는 활주로의 평탄도를 적정하게 유지할 수 있다. 선체간구속연결부에 대하여는 나중에 선체간연결부에 대한 다른 실시예에서 구체적으로 설명한다.On the other hand, the inter-hull connection part 13 according to the present embodiment may be provided with an inter-hull restraint connection part 133 capable of restraining some fluctuations while allowing the six types of fluctuations of the hull described above. For example, the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 may constrain the fluctuation (pitching (horizontal oscillation) or heaving (vertical oscillation)) which is highly related to the flatness of the running track or the runway. Through this, it is possible to properly maintain the flatness of the running track or runway by managing the height difference between the hulls within the allowable range while the landing of the aircraft is carried out or the movement between the hulls is performed. The inter-hull restraint connection part will be described in detail later in another embodiment for the inter-hull connection part.
도 7은 도 5에서 갑판간연결부가 결합된 상태를 보인 사시도이고, 도 8 및 도 9는 도 5에서 갑판간연결부의 대응사례를 설명하기 위해 보인 개략도들이다.7 is a perspective view showing a state in which the inter-deck connection unit is coupled in FIG. 5, and FIGS. 8 and 9 are schematic views to explain a corresponding example of the inter-deck connection unit in FIG. 5 .
도 7 및 도 8를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 갑판간연결부(134)는 한쪽 선체에 힌지 결합되고 다른쪽 선체에 얹혀져 지지되도록 설치될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 선체(11)의 갑판부(112)와 제2 선체(12)의 갑판부(122)는 갑판간연결부(134)에 의해 필요에 따라 선택적으로 연결될 수 있다. 7 and 8, the inter-deck connection part 134 according to the present embodiment may be installed to be supported by being hinged to one hull and resting on the other hull. Accordingly, the deck portion 112 of the first hull 11 and the deck portion 122 of the second hull 12 may be selectively connected as needed by the inter-deck connection portion 134 .
구체적으로, 본 실시예에 따른 갑판간연결부(134)는 주행로연결부(1341) 및 활주로연결부(1342)를 포함할 수 있다. Specifically, the inter-deck connection part 134 according to the present embodiment may include a running path connection part 1341 and a runway connection part 1342 .
주행로연결부(1341)는 활주로연결부(1342)를 중심으로 폭방향 양쪽에 각각 구비되고, 주행로연결부(1341)와 활주로연결부(1342)는 각각 일단이 한쪽 선체에 힌지 결합되고 타단은 다른쪽 선체에 얹혀져 지지될 수 있다. 주행로연결부(1341)와 활주로연결부(1342)는 동일하거나 거의 유사하게 형성되므로, 이하에서는 주행로연결부(1341)를 중심으로 설명한다. The running path connecting portion 1341 is provided on both sides in the width direction with the runway connecting portion 1342 as the center, and the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 are each hinged to one hull at one end and the other end to the other hull. It can be placed on and supported. Since the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 are formed to be identical or substantially similar, the following description will be focused on the running path connecting portion 1341 .
주행로연결부(1341)는 길이방향으로 한 개의 플레이트를 선체에 힌지 결합하여 구성할 수도 있고, 길이방향으로 복수 개의 플레이트를 힌지 결합한 상태에서 그 일단을 선체에 힌지 결합하여 구성할 수도 있다. The running path connection part 1341 may be configured by hingedly coupling one plate to the hull in the longitudinal direction, or by hingedly coupling one end to the hull in a state in which a plurality of plates are hinged in the longitudinal direction.
다만, 전자의 경우는 양쪽 선체간 동요차이로 인해 발생될 수 있는 상하방향으로의 활주로간 높이차(Δh)를 능동적으로 보상하는데 한계가 있을 수 있다. 특히, 본 실시예와 같이 제1 선체와 제2 선체를 동요 가능하게 연결하는 경우에는 양쪽 선체는 상하방향으로 균일한 높이차가 발생되는 경우도 있지만 대부분은 폭방향을 따라 서로 다른 활주로간 높이차(Δh)가 발생될 수 있다. 이때 주행로연결부(1341)가 한 개의 플레이트로 이루어지게 되면 그 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트의 자유단과 이를 지지하는 선체(제1 선체)(11)의 상면 사이에는 폭방향으로 불균일한 틈새가 발생될 수 있다. 이 상태에서 함재기가 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트를 통과하게 되면 그 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트의 자중 또는 함재기의 무게에 의해 출렁거리면서 주행로연결부(1341)가 선체에 충돌하게 된다. 그러면 주행로연결부(1341)에 피로가 축적되어 결국 파손될 수 있다.However, in the former case, there may be a limitation in actively compensating for the height difference (Δh) between the runways in the up-and-down direction that may occur due to the difference in sway between the two hulls. In particular, when the first hull and the second hull are swayably connected as in this embodiment, there are cases where a uniform height difference occurs in both hulls in the vertical direction, but in most cases, the height difference between different runways along the width direction ( Δh) may occur. At this time, when the traveling path connecting portion 1341 is made of one plate, between the free end of the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion 1341 and the upper surface of the hull (first hull) 11 supporting it in the width direction is uneven. gaps may occur. In this state, when the aircraft passes through the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion 1341, it sways by the weight of the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion 1341 or the weight of the aircraft, and the traveling path connecting portion 1341 is attached to the hull. will collide Then, fatigue may accumulate in the travel path connection part 1341 and eventually be damaged.
이에, 본 실시예에서는 주행로연결부를 이루는 연결플레이트를 길이방향을 따라 복수로 분할하여 양쪽 선체간 동요차이로 인해 발생될 수 있는 상하방향으로의 활주로간 높이차(Δh)를 능동적으로 보상할 수 있도록 할 수 있다.Therefore, in the present embodiment, by dividing the connecting plate constituting the running path connection part into a plurality along the longitudinal direction, it is possible to actively compensate the height difference (Δh) between the runways in the vertical direction that may occur due to the difference in sway between the two hulls. can make it
다시 도 3 및 도 7을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 주행로연결부(1341)는 제1 주행부(113)와 제2 주행부(123) 사이를 연결하는 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a) 및 주행로자유플레이트(1341b), 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)를 한쪽 선체(제2 선체)(12)에 힌지 결합하는 제1 주행로힌지부재(1341c) 및 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)와 주행로자유플레이트(1341b) 사이를 힌지 결합하는 제2 주행로힌지부재(1341d)로 이루어질 수 있다.Referring back to FIGS. 3 and 7 , the traveling path connecting unit 1341 according to the present embodiment includes a traveling path hinge plate 1341a connecting between the first traveling unit 113 and the second traveling unit 123 , and traveling. The first travel path hinge member 1341c and the travel path hinge plate 1341a and the travel path freedom plate 1341b and the travel path hinge plate 1341a are hinge-coupled to one hull (second hull) 12. It may be formed of a second travel path hinge member 1341d hinged between the plates 1341b.
구체적으로, 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 일단은 제1 주행로힌지부재(1341c)에 의해 한쪽 선체(12)에 힌지 결합되고, 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 타단은 제1 주행로힌지부재(1341c)에 의해 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)에 힌지 결합될 수 있다. 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)는 선체간 최대이격거리보다 크거나 같게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 양단이 제1 선체(11)의 선미와 제2 선체(12)의 선수에 각각 얹혀져 지지될 수 있다. Specifically, one end of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a is hinged to one hull 12 by a first traveling path hinge member 1341c, and the other end of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a is a first traveling path hinge member. It may be hinged to the running path free plate 1341b by the 1341c. The traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be formed to be greater than or equal to the maximum separation distance between the hulls. Accordingly, both ends of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be supported by being placed on the stern of the first hull 11 and the bow of the second hull 12 , respectively.
또한, 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 두께는 길이방향을 따라 동일하거나 거의 유사하게 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 두께는 폭보다 작거나 같게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 양단이 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)에 각각 지지되더라도 그 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 지지강도를 확보할 수 있다. Also, the thickness of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be the same or substantially similar in the longitudinal direction. For example, the thickness of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a may be formed to be less than or equal to the width. Accordingly, even if both ends of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a are respectively supported by the first hull 11 and the second hull 12, the supporting strength of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a can be secured.
주행로자유플레이트(1341b)는 앞서 설명한 바와 같이 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 타단, 즉 자유단에 힌지 결합될 수 있다. 이에 따라 도 8과 같이, 선체간 길이방향 또는 폭방향 높이차가 발생되더라도 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)가 제2 주행로힌지부재(1341d)를 중심으로 회전하여 제1 선체(11)의 주행로 상면에 얹힐 수 있다. 그러면 함재기가 이동하면서 주행로연결부(1341)를 통과할 때 그 주행로연결부(1341)의 끝단, 즉 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)의 자유단에 함재기가 걸리는 것을 미연에 방지할 수 있다. As described above, the traveling path free plate 1341b may be hinged to the other end of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a, that is, the free end. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 8 , even if a difference in height in the longitudinal direction or in the width direction occurs between the hulls, the running path free plate 1341b rotates around the second running path hinge member 1341d and the upper surface of the running path of the first hull 11 . can be placed on Then, when the aircraft passes through the traveling path connecting portion 1341 while moving, it is possible to prevent the aircraft from being caught at the end of the traveling path connecting portion 1341, that is, the free end of the free traveling path plate 1341b.
또한, 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)의 길이는 활주로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)의 길이는 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 길이보다 대략 절반 이하로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 주행로연결부(1341)가 과도하게 길어지는 것을 억제하여 선체간 연결 또는 분리시 주행로연결부(1341)를 용이하게 설치 또는 해제할 수 있다.In addition, the length of the runway free plate 1341b may be shorter than the length of the runway hinge plate 1341a. For example, the length of the traveling path free plate 1341b may be formed to be approximately half or less than the length of the traveling path hinge plate 1341a. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress the excessive lengthening of the traveling path connecting portion 1341, and to easily install or release the traveling path connecting portion 1341 when connecting or separating the hulls.
또한, 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)는 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)에 연결되는 힌지단에서 자유단을 향해 점차 얇아지도록 형성될 수 있다. 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)는 힌지단의 두께는 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)의 자유단 두께와 대략 동일하거나 자유단 두께가 약간 작게 형성되나, 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)의 힌지단 두께에 비해 자유단 두께는 현저하게 작게 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)는 측면 투영시 쐐기단면 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 함재기가 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)의 자유단을 통과할 때 그 주행로자유플레이트(1341b)의 자유단에 걸리는 것을 미연에 방지하여 함재기가 원활하게 이동할 수 있다. In addition, the travel path free plate 1341b may be formed to be gradually thinner from the hinge end connected to the travel path hinge plate 1341a toward the free end. The thickness of the hinge end of the free running path plate 1341b is approximately the same as the thickness of the free end of the running path hinge plate 1341a or the free end thickness is slightly smaller than the thickness of the hinge end of the free running path plate 1341b. The free end thickness can be made remarkably small. For example, the traveling path free plate 1341b may be formed in a wedge cross-sectional shape when projected on the side. Accordingly, when the aircraft passes through the free end of the free traveling path plate 1341b, it is prevented in advance from being caught in the free end of the free traveling path plate 1341b, so that the airplane can move smoothly.
한편, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)은 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 쌍고리형태로 연결됨에 따라, 선체간자유연결부(131)의 z축을 선체간 롤링이나 피칭 등의 동요가 발생될 수 있다. 특히 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)는 선체간자유연결부(131)의 z축을 중심으로 상대회전을 하는 요잉(선수동요)이 발생될 수 있다. On the other hand, in the connection type aircraft carrier 1 according to this embodiment, as the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are connected in a twin-ring shape, the z-axis of the inter-hull free connection part 131 is rotated between hulls or Agitation such as pitching may occur. In particular, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may generate a yaw (a bow motion) that rotates relative to the z-axis of the inter-hull free connection part 131 .
그러면 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)는 선체간자유연결부(131)를 중심으로 평면상에서 회전하면서 한쪽 측면은 서로 근접하는 반면 반대쪽 측면은 서로 멀어지게 된다. 이때, 두 선체(11)(12)의 길이방향 중심선(CL1)(CL2)이 이루는 각도를 선체간회전각(α)이라고 정의할 수 있다. Then, while the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 rotate on a plane around the inter-hull free connection part 131, one side is close to each other while the opposite side is moved away from each other. In this case, the angle formed by the longitudinal center lines CL1 and CL2 of the two hulls 11 and 12 may be defined as the inter-hull rotation angle α.
본 실시예에 따른 제1 선체(11)의 선미와 이를 마주보는 제2 선체(12)의 선수는 폭방향을 따라 바깥쪽으로 갈수록 경사지거나 곡면지게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인해 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12) 사이의 간격(선체간격)은 항공모함(1)의 중심선(CL)에서 폭방향으로 갈수록 증가하게 될 수 있다. The bow of the second hull 12 facing the stern of the first hull 11 according to the present embodiment may be inclined or curved toward the outside along the width direction. Due to this, the distance (hull spacing) between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may increase in the width direction from the center line CL of the aircraft carrier 1 .
이에, 도 9와 같이, 본 실시예에 따른 주행로연결부(1341)의 길이(L1)는 활주로연결부(1342)의 길이(L2)에 비해 길게 형성될 수 있다. 그러면 항공모함(1)의 변침시 그 항공모함(1)의 선체간격이 폭방향으로 갈수록 증가하더라도 양쪽 선체(11)(12) 사이를 안정적으로 연결할 수 있다. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 9 , the length L1 of the running path connecting portion 1341 according to the present embodiment may be longer than the length L2 of the runway connecting portion 1342 . Then, even if the hull spacing of the aircraft carrier 1 increases in the width direction when changing the aircraft carrier 1, it is possible to stably connect between the hulls 11 and 12 on both sides.
본 실시예에 따른 활주로연결부(1342)는 제1 활주로(1122a)와 제2 활주로(1222a) 사이를 연결하는 활주로힌지플레이트(1342a) 및 활주로자유플레이트(1342b), 활주로힌지플레이트를 한쪽 선체(제2 선체)(12)에 힌지 결합하는 제1 활주로힌지부재(1342c) 및 활주로힌지플레이트(1342a)와 활주로자유플레이트(1342b) 사이를 힌지 결합하는 제2 활주로힌지부재(1342d)로 이루어질 수 있다.The runway connection part 1342 according to this embodiment is a runway hinge plate 1342a and a runway free plate 1342b connecting between the first runway 1122a and the second runway 1222a, and the runway hinge plate is connected to one hull (the second). It may be composed of a first runway hinge member 1342c hinged to the hull 12 and a second runway hinge member 1342d hinged between the runway hinge plate 1342a and the runway free plate 1342b.
활주로연결부(1342)는 앞서 설명한 바와 같이 그 기본적인 구성과 작용효과는 전술한 주행로연결부(1341)와 거의 동일하므로 이에 대한 설명은 생략한다. 다만, 본 실시예에 따른 활주로연결부(1342)의 길이(L2)는 주행로연결부(1341)의 길이(L1)에 비해 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 활주로연결부(1342)의 크기를 줄여 제조비용을 낮추는 동시에, 활주로연결부(1342)의 무게를 줄여 후술할 연결플레이트승강유닛(1345)의 부하를 낮출 수 있다.As described above, the runway connecting portion 1342 has substantially the same basic configuration and operational effects as those of the runway connecting portion 1341 described above, and thus a description thereof will be omitted. However, the length L2 of the runway connecting portion 1342 according to the present embodiment may be shorter than the length L1 of the running route connecting portion 1341 . Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the manufacturing cost by reducing the size of the runway connecting portion 1342 , and at the same time to reduce the weight of the runway connecting portion 1342 to lower the load of the connecting plate elevating unit 1345 , which will be described later.
하지만, 경우에 따라서는 활주로연결부(1342)의 길이(L2)는 함재기의 이착륙시 발생되는 하중을 고려하여 주행로연결부(1341)의 길이(L1)에 비해 길게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 함재기의 이착륙시 활주로연결부(1342)에 부과되는 하중을 안정적으로 지지할 수 있다.However, in some cases, the length L2 of the runway connection part 1342 may be longer than the length L1 of the runway connection part 1341 in consideration of the load generated during takeoff and landing of the aircraft. Accordingly, it is possible to stably support the load applied to the runway connecting portion 1342 during take-off and landing of the aircraft.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 주행로연결부(1341)는 선체(11)(12)의 폭방향을 따라 복수의 플레이트로 분할하여 선체(제2 선체)(12)에 개별적으로 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 이에 따라 양쪽 선체간 폭방향 높이차가 발생되더라도 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 복수의 플레이트(1341a)(1341b)가 선체간 폭방향 높이차를 반영하여 폭방향을 따라 약간씩 높이차를 두고 양쪽 주행로를 이루는 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제2 하층갑판(1221) 사이를 연결할 수 있다. 그러면 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 각 플레이트의 폭방향 양단이 각 선체(11)(12)의 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제2 하층갑판(1221)에 거의 밀착된 상태를 유지하게 되고, 이로 인해 함재기가 제1 하층갑판(1121)과 제2 하층갑판(1221) 사이를 출렁거림 없이 이동할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트가 피로에 의한 파손되는 것을 억제할 수 있다In addition, the traveling path connecting portion 1341 according to the present embodiment may be separately rotatably coupled to the hull (second hull) 12 by dividing it into a plurality of plates along the width direction of the hull 11 and 12 . have. Accordingly, even if a height difference in the width direction between the two hulls occurs, the plurality of plates 1341a and 1341b constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 reflect the height difference in the width direction between the hulls and drive both sides with a slight difference in height along the width direction. It is possible to connect between the first lower deck 1121 and the second lower deck 1221 constituting the furnace. Then, both ends in the width direction of each plate constituting the running path connection part 1341 are maintained in close contact with the first lower deck 1121 and the second lower deck 1221 of each hull 11 and 12, Due to this, not only can the aircraft carrier move between the first lower deck 1121 and the second lower deck 1221 without sloshing, but also it is possible to suppress damage to the connecting plate constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 due to fatigue.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 복수의 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)는 한 개의 제1 주행로힌지부재(1341c)에 의해 한쪽 선체(제2 선체)(12)에 일괄적으로 힌지 결합될 수도 있고, 복수의 주행로힌지플레이트(1341a)는 각각의 제1 주행로힌지부재(1341c)에 의해 한쪽 선체(제2 선체)(12)에 개별적으로 힌지 결합될 수도 있다. 전자의 경우는 부품수의 감축으로 인해 조립이 용이하여 제조비용측면에서 유리할 수 있고, 후자의 경우는 각 플레이트의 손상 또는 힌지부재의 손상시 교체가 용이하여 유지보수측면에서 유리할 수 있다.In addition, a plurality of traveling path hinge plates 1341a constituting the traveling path connecting portion 1341 according to this embodiment are collectively attached to one hull (second hull) 12 by one first traveling path hinge member 1341c. It may be hinged integrally, and the plurality of travel path hinge plates 1341a may be individually hinged to one hull (second hull) 12 by each of the first travel path hinge members 1341c. In the former case, it may be advantageous in terms of manufacturing cost because assembly is easy due to a reduction in the number of parts, and in the latter case, it may be advantageous in terms of maintenance because it is easy to replace when each plate is damaged or the hinge member is damaged.
한편, 주행로연결부를 이루는 연결플레이트가 폭방향을 따라 복수로 분할되는 경우에는 그 주행로연결부를 이루는 연결플레이트가 폭방향을 따라 동일한 길이로 형성될 수도 있지만, 경우에 따라서는 선체의 폭방향을 따라 서로 다른 길이로 형성될 수도 있다. On the other hand, when the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting portion is divided into a plurality along the width direction, the connecting plate constituting the traveling path connecting unit may be formed to have the same length along the width direction, but in some cases, the width direction of the hull Depending on the length, it may be formed in different lengths.
예를 들어, 본 실시예에 따른 갑판간연결부(134)는 앞서 설명한 바와 같이 주행로연결부(1341)의 길이가 활주로연결부(1342)의 길이보다 길게 형성될 수 있다. For example, in the inter-deck connection part 134 according to the present embodiment, the length of the running path connection part 1341 may be longer than the length of the runway connection part 1342 as described above.
그리고 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트 또는 활주로연결부(1342)를 이루는 연결플레이트도 각각 서로 다른 길이로 형성될 수 있다. 특히 항공모함(1)의 변침시에는 그 항공모함(1)이 변침되는 쪽의 선체간격에 비해 반대쪽 측면에서의 선체간격이 증가하게 된다. 이에 따라 주행로연결부(1341) 및 활주로연결부(1342)를 이루는 연결플레이트에 대한 필요길이는 폭방향을 따라 상이하게 된다. In addition, the connecting plate constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 or the connecting plate forming the runway connecting portion 1342 may be formed to have different lengths, respectively. In particular, when the aircraft carrier 1 is shifted, the hull spacing on the opposite side is increased compared to the hull spacing on the side where the aircraft carrier 1 is shifted. Accordingly, the required length of the connecting plate constituting the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 is different along the width direction.
예를 들어, 주행로연결부(1341) 및 활주로연결부(1342)의 필요길이는 선체간자유연결부(131)의 중심(O)쪽보다는 가장자리쪽이 크다. 이에 따라 주행로연결부(1341) 및 활주로연결부(1342)를 이루는 각각의 플레이트는 중심쪽에 배치되는 플레이트의 길이보다는 가장자리쪽에 배치되는 플레이트의 길이가 더 길게 형성될 수 있다. 이는 선체간자유연결부(131)의 중심(O)으로부터 더 멀리 위치하는 주행로연결부(1341)의 경우에 더욱 유효할 수 있다. 이를 통해 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트의 길이를 최적화하여 제조비용을 절감하는 동시에 주행로연결부(1341)의 무게를 줄여 후술할 주행로연결부승강유닛(1345)의 부하를 더욱 낮출 수 있다. For example, the required length of the running path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 is greater at the edge than the center (O) side of the free inter-hull connection portion 131 . Accordingly, each of the plates constituting the travel path connecting portion 1341 and the runway connecting portion 1342 may have a longer plate disposed at the edge than the length of the plate disposed at the center. This may be more effective in the case of the running path connection part 1341 located further away from the center O of the free connection part 131 between the hulls. Through this, it is possible to reduce the manufacturing cost by optimizing the length of the connection plate constituting the traveling path connection part 1341 and at the same time reduce the weight of the traveling path connection part 1341 to further lower the load of the traveling path connection part elevating unit 1345, which will be described later. .
다시 도 5를 참조하면, 주행로연결부(1341)가 설치되는 제2 선체(12)의 선수측 주행로 끝단에는 힌지플레이트(1341a)(1342a)가 수용되는 힌지플레이트수용단(1343a)이 형성되고, 제1 선체(11)의 선미측 주행로 끝단에는 자유플레이트(1341b)(1342b)가 자유플레이트수용단(1343b)이 형성될 수 있다.Referring back to FIG. 5, the hinge plate receiving end 1343a in which the hinge plates 1341a and 1342a are accommodated is formed at the end of the bow side running path of the second hull 12 where the running path connection part 1341 is installed, and , A free plate (1341b) (1342b) free plate receiving end (1343b) may be formed at the end of the stern side running path of the first hull (11).
힌지플레이트수용단(1343a)은 측면에서 본 힌지플레이트(1341a)(1342a)의 단면 형상과 대응되도록 형성되고, 자유플레이트수용단(1343b)은 측면에서 본 자유플레이트(1341b)(1342b)의 단면 형상과 대응되도록 형성될 수 있다. The hinge plate receiving end 1343a is formed to correspond to the cross-sectional shape of the hinge plates 1341a and 1342a viewed from the side, and the free plate receiving end 1343b is the cross-sectional shape of the free plate 1341b and 1342b viewed from the side. may be formed to correspond to
한편, 주행로연결부(1341)가 힌지 결합되는 제2 선체(12)의 선수측 주행로 끝단 주변에는 그 주행로연결부(1341)를 이루는 연결플레이트를 내려 제1 주행부(113)와 제2 주행부(123) 사이를 연결하거나 또는 들어올려 연결해제하기 위한 연결플레이트승강유닛(1345)이 설치될 수 있다. On the other hand, around the end of the bow-side running path of the second hull 12 to which the running path connecting part 1341 is hinged, the connecting plate forming the running path connecting part 1341 is lowered to lower the first running part 113 and the second driving. A connection plate elevating unit 1345 for connecting or lifting and disconnecting the parts 123 may be installed.
연결플레이트승강유닛(1345)은 전동기와 로프를 이용한 방식이나 또는 유압을 이용하는 방식 등 다양하게 구성될 수 있다. 본 실시예는 전동기와 로프를 이용하는 방식을 개시하고 있다. 이들 연결플레이트승강유닛은 크레인 등에서 적용되므로 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 생략한다.The connecting plate lifting unit 1345 may be configured in various ways, such as a method using an electric motor and a rope or a method using hydraulic pressure. This embodiment discloses a method using an electric motor and a rope. Since these connecting plate lifting units are applied to cranes, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
상기와 같은 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함의 작용효과는 다음과 같다.The operational effects of the connected aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment as described above are as follows.
즉, 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결함에 따라 개별 항모선체(11)(12)의 폭을 확대하지 않으면서도 항모선체(11)(12)의 전체 길이를 확대할 수 있어 초대형 항공모함의 제조 및 유지에 유리할 수 있다.That is, as the plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected, the entire length of the carrier hulls 11 and 12 can be enlarged without expanding the width of the individual carrier hulls 11 and 12, so that a very large aviation It can be advantageous for the manufacture and maintenance of carriers.
통상, 항모선체(11)(12)의 한 척당 길이는 그 종류에 따라 다르지만 슈퍼캐리어급을 예로 들어 보면 대략 300~350m 정도가 된다. 이는 함재기의 이착함시 활주로의 길이가 짧아 캐터펄트나 어레스팅 와이어가 필요하게 된다. 하지만 본 실시예와 같이 두 척의 항모선체(11)(12)가 연결되는 경우에는 전체 항공모함(1)의 길이, 즉 활주로의 길이가 대략 600~700m 정도가 된다. 이는 항공모함(1)의 운행속도를 감안하면 별도의 캐터펄트나 어레스팅 와이어가 아예 없거나, 또는 선박의 끝단, 즉 함재기의 최종 정지지점 근처에 어레스팅 와이어를 설치하는 등 이착함 보조장치를 최소화하더라도 함재기의 이착함이 가능하게 될 수 있다. In general, the length of each of the carrier hulls 11 and 12 varies depending on the type, but it is approximately 300 to 350 m when taking the supercarrier class as an example. This requires a catapult or arresting wire because the length of the runway is short during the landing and landing of aircraft carriers. However, when the two carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected as in the present embodiment, the length of the entire aircraft carrier 1, that is, the length of the runway is approximately 600 to 700 m. Considering the operating speed of the aircraft carrier (1), even if there is no separate catapult or arresting wire at all, or by installing an arresting wire near the end of the ship, that is, near the final stopping point of the aircraft, even if the landing ship auxiliary device is minimized, Carrier landing may be possible.
또한, 이러한 항모선체의 길이를 가지는 항공모함(1)을 건조하기 위해서는 거대한 도크가 필요하게 된다. 하지만 본 실시예와 같이 두 척의 항모선체(11)(12)가 연결되는 경우에는 각각의 항모선체(11)(12)를 별도로 건조한 후 연결하는 것이므로 기존의 도크를 이용할 수 있으므로 초대형 항공모함을 건조하는데 소요되는 건조비용을 크게 절감할 수 있다.In addition, a huge dock is required to build the aircraft carrier 1 having the length of such a carrier hull. However, as in this embodiment, when two carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected, each carrier hull 11 and 12 is separately dried and then connected, so an existing dock can be used, so a super-large aircraft carrier is built. Drying costs can be greatly reduced.
또한, 항공모함(1)의 길이가 길어지게 되면 변침시 변침각도가 증가하여 전술운용에 불리할 수 있다. 하지만, 본 실시예와 같이 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 선체간 동요가 가능하도록 연결함에 따라, 초대형 항공모함을 구성하면서도 변침각도를 줄여 운용을 용이하게 할 수 있다. In addition, if the length of the aircraft carrier (1) is increased, the angle of the changing needle is increased, which may be disadvantageous for tactical operation. However, as in the present embodiment, as the plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected to enable inter-hull oscillation, it is possible to facilitate operation by reducing the swiveling angle while constituting a super-large aircraft carrier.
또한, 항공모함의 길이가 길어지게 되면 선체의 선체동요를 고려하여 선체의 표면두께를 포함한 선체의 골간을 이루는 각종 부품의 두께가 두꺼워지면서 건조비용이 증가할 수 있다. 하지만 본 실시예와 같이 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결하되 양쪽 항모선체(11)(12)의 선체동요가 가능하도록 연결됨에 따라 전체 항공모함(1)의 길이가 증가되면서도 선체의 표면을 포함한 선체의 골간을 이루는 각종 부품의 두께를 유지하거나 증가폭을 낮출 수 있다. 이에 따라 초대형 항공모함의 건조시 투입되는 제조비용을 낮출 수 있다.In addition, when the length of the aircraft carrier becomes longer, the thickness of various parts constituting the skeleton of the hull, including the surface thickness of the hull, in consideration of the hull fluctuation of the hull increases, and the construction cost may increase. However, as in this embodiment, a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected, but as the hull oscillation of both carrier hulls 11 and 12 is connected, the length of the entire aircraft carrier 1 is increased while the length of the hull is increased. It is possible to maintain the thickness of various parts forming the backbone of the hull, including the surface, or reduce the increase. Accordingly, it is possible to lower the manufacturing cost input during the construction of the super-large aircraft carrier.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 항모선체(11)(12)는 층내주행부(1131)(1231)와 층간주행부(1132)(1232)를 구비함에 따라, 엘리베이터와 같은 별도의 함재기이송장치를 구비하지 않고도 복층으로 된 항모선체(11)(12)에서의 층간이동을 용이하게 할 수 있다. 이에 따라 초대형 항공모함(1)의 건조비용을 낮추면서도 다수의 함재기가 동시에 격납고와 활주로 사이를 이동할 수 있어 함재기의 작전수행능력을 높일 수 있다. 아울러, 이는 초고가인 캐터펄트나 함재기 층간 이송용 엘리베이터(리프터)가 필요 없어지므로 효율성이 증가될 수 있다.In addition, as the carrier hull 11, 12 according to this embodiment is provided with the inner- floor running parts 1131 and 1231 and the inter-floor running parts 1132 and 1232, a separate carrier-based transport device such as an elevator is provided. It is possible to facilitate interfloor movement in the multi-layered carrier hull 11 and 12 without having to do so. Accordingly, while lowering the construction cost of the super-large aircraft carrier (1), multiple aircraft can move between the hangar and the runway at the same time, thereby increasing the operational capability of the aircraft carrier. In addition, since it eliminates the need for an ultra-expensive catapult or an elevator (lifter) for transporting aircraft between floors, efficiency can be increased.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 항모선체(11)(12)는 변침에 유리하도록 서로 마주보는 항모선체(11)(12)의 선미 또는 선수의 모서리를 경사 또는 라운드지게 형성할 수 있다. 이로 인해 선체간 변침각도가 증가하면서 선체간 측면간격도 증가하여 선체 사이가 벌어질 수 있다. 하지만 본 실시예와 같이 선체의 측면 사이를 연결하는 주행로연결부(1341)가 중앙쪽의 활주로연결부(1342)에 비해 길게 형성됨에 따라, 양쪽 선체 사이의 간격이 발생되는 것을 억제하여 선체간 이동을 원활하게 할 수 있다.In addition, the carrier hull 11, 12 according to this embodiment may be formed to be inclined or rounded at the edges of the sterns or bows of the carrier hulls 11 and 12 facing each other so as to be advantageous for changing needles. As a result, the lateral spacing between hulls increases as the steer angle between the hulls increases, and the gap between the hulls may increase. However, as in this embodiment, as the running path connecting portion 1341 connecting between the side surfaces of the hull is formed longer than the runway connecting portion 1342 at the center, the gap between the two hulls is suppressed to prevent the movement between the hulls. can do it smoothly.
또한, 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결하되 상호 선체동요가 가능하도록 연결할 경우 양쪽 선체(11)(12) 사이의 간격을 적정하게 유지하는데 곤란할 수 있다. 하지만, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)은 양쪽 선체(11)(12) 사이에 선체간격유지부(14)가 설치됨에 따라, 양쪽 선체(11)(12)의 직진성을 확보할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라 초대형 항공모함의 변침시 더욱 크게 발생될 수 있는 조파저항을 극복하고 항공모함(1)이 원활하게 변침되도록 할 수 있다.In addition, when connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12, but connecting to enable mutual hull oscillation, it may be difficult to properly maintain the interval between both hulls 11 and 12. However, in the connection-type aircraft carrier 1 according to this embodiment, as the hull spacing maintaining part 14 is installed between both hulls 11 and 12, the straightness of both hulls 11 and 12 can be secured. Not only that, it is possible to overcome the wave resistance that can be generated even more during the shifting of the super-large aircraft carrier, and the aircraft carrier 1 can be smoothly shifted.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 갑판간연결부(134)는 선체의 폭방향을 따라 복수 개로 분할하여 형성함에 따라 각 선체(11)(12)의 선체동요 또는 선체간 동요로 인한 선체간 높이차가 발생되더라도 갑판간연결부(134)가 선체간 높이차에 대응하여 변형되어 선체간 높이차를 최소화할 수 있다.In addition, as the inter-deck connection part 134 according to this embodiment is divided into a plurality of pieces along the width direction of the hull, the height difference between the hulls due to the hull fluctuation or the hull fluctuation of each hull 11 and 12 occurs The deck-to-deck connection part 134 is deformed in response to the height difference between the hulls to minimize the height difference between the hulls.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 갑판간연결부(134)는 길이방향을 따라서도 복수 개가 힌지 결합됨에 따라 갑판간연결부(134)의 자유단은 항모선체(11)(12)의 갑판에 얹혀져 지지될 수 있다. 이에 따라 갑판간연결부(134)의 응력집중을 억제하여 갑판간연결부(134)의 내구성을 높일 수 있을 뿐만 아니라 선체간 높이차를 더욱 낮출 수 있다. In addition, as a plurality of the inter-deck connection unit 134 according to this embodiment is hinged along the longitudinal direction, the free end of the inter-deck connection unit 134 is placed on the deck of the carrier hull 11 and 12 and can be supported. have. Accordingly, by suppressing the stress concentration of the inter-deck connecting portion 134, it is possible to increase the durability of the inter-deck connecting portion 134 and further reduce the height difference between the hulls.
또한, 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결하여 선체길이를 확장하더라도 선체폭은 유지하게 되어 함재기 등의 적재량은 크게 향상되지 못할 수 있다. 하지만 본 실시예와 같이 각 항모선체(11)(12)를 복층으로 형성하되 하층은 격납고로, 상층은 활주로로 구분함에 따라 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 연결하면서도 적재량을 증가시킬 수 있다.In addition, even if the hull length is extended by connecting a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12, the hull width is maintained, so that the loading amount of the aircraft carrier and the like may not be significantly improved. However, as in this embodiment, each carrier hull 11, 12 is formed in a double layer, but the lower layer is a hangar and the upper layer is a runway. have.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 항공모함은, 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)를 각각 복층으로 형성하되 층내주행부(1131)(1231)와 층간주행부(1132)(1232)를 구비함에 따라, 별도의 자동이송장치를 구비하지 않고도 복층으로 된 항모선체에서의 층간이동을 용이하게 할 수 있다.In addition, the aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment is formed with a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12, respectively, in multiple layers, but with inner running parts 1131 and 1231 and interfloor running parts 1132 and 1232. , it is possible to facilitate interfloor movement in the multi-layered carrier hull without having to provide a separate automatic transfer device.
한편, 층간주행부에 대한 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, there is another embodiment of the inter-floor running unit as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예에서는 층간주행부가 단순 경사면으로 형성되어 함재가 자체동력으로 층간주행부를 따라 이동하는 것이었으나, 경우에 따라서는 콘베이어와 같은 자동이송장치가 구비될 수도 있다.That is, in the above-described embodiment, the interfloor running portion is formed as a simple inclined surface and the carrier moves along the interfloor running portion by its own power, but in some cases, an automatic transfer device such as a conveyor may be provided.
도 10은 본 실시예에 따른 주행부에 대한 다른 실시예를 보인 측면도이다.10 is a side view showing another embodiment of the driving unit according to the present embodiment.
도 10을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 제1 층간주행부(1132) 또는 제2 층간주행부(1232)에는 자동이송유닛(1235)이 구비될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 10 , an automatic transfer unit 1235 may be provided in the first interfloor running unit 1132 or the second interfloor running unit 1232 according to the present embodiment.
자동이송유닛(1235)은 별도의 전동기에 의해 작동되는 콘베이어로 이루어질 수 있다. 콘베이어는 관련분야에서 통상적으로 사용되고 있으므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다.The automatic transfer unit 1235 may be formed of a conveyor operated by a separate electric motor. Since the conveyor is commonly used in the related field, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
다만, 본 실시예에 따른 자동이송유닛(1235)은 각 층간주행부(1132)(1232)에만 구비될 수도 있고, 각 층간주행부(1132)(1232)에서 연장되는 각 층내주행부(1131)(1231)의 일부에도 구비될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 자동이송유닛(1235)은 각 층간주행부 및 이와 연접하는 제1 층내주행부(1131)의 일부 및 제2 층내주행부(1231)의 일부에도 설치될 수 있다.However, the automatic transfer unit 1235 according to the present embodiment may be provided only in each of the interfloor running units 1132 and 1232 , and each inner running unit 1131 extending from each of the interfloor running units 1132 and 1232 . It may also be provided in a part of (1231). For example, the automatic transfer unit 1235 may be installed in each interfloor running unit and a part of the first intra-floor running unit 1131 and a part of the second intra-floor running unit 1231 connected thereto.
상기와 같이 항모선체(11)(12)의 층내주행부 또는 층간주행부에 콘베이어와 같은 자동이송유닛(1235)이 구비됨에 따라, 함재기의 층간이동을 더욱 원활하게 할 수 있다.As described above, as the automatic transfer unit 1235 such as a conveyor is provided in the inner running portion or the interfloor running portion of the carrier hull 11, 12, the interfloor movement of the aircraft carrier can be made more smoothly.
또한, 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 자동이송유닛은 격납고의 입출구에 설치될 수도 있다. 이에 따라 격납고로 입출되는 함재기를 자동으로 입출시킬 수 있어 갑판부의 활용도를 높일 수 있다. In addition, although not shown in the drawings, the automatic transfer unit may be installed at the entrance and exit of the hangar. Accordingly, it is possible to automatically put the aircraft into and out of the hangar, so that the utilization of the deck part can be increased.
한편, 선체간연결부에 대한 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, if there is another embodiment for the inter-hull connection part is as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예에서는 선체간연결부가 고리모양으로 형성된 제1 연결부재와 제2 연결부재가 결합되되 제1 선체와 제2 선체의 동요가 모두 가능하게 연결되는 것이었으나, 본 실시예의 선체간연결부는 동요 중에서 주행로 또는 활주로의 평탄도와 관련이 큰 상하동요를 구속할 수 있도록 구성될 수 있다.That is, in the above embodiment, the first connecting member and the second connecting member in which the inter-hull connection part is formed in a ring shape are coupled to each other so that both the sway of the first hull and the second hull is possible, but between the hulls of this embodiment The connecting portion may be configured to restrain the vertical shake, which is highly related to the flatness of the running track or the runway, among the fluctuations.
도 11은 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부에 대한 다른 실시예를 보인 사시도이고, 도 12는 도 11에서 선체간연결부를 확대하여 보인 사시도이며, 도 13은 도 12의 "Ⅳ-Ⅳ"선단면도이고, 도 14a 및 도 14b는 도 11에 따른 선체간연결부의 구속해제상태 및 구속상태를 각각 보인 단면도이다.11 is a perspective view showing another embodiment of the inter-hull connection part according to this embodiment, FIG. 12 is an enlarged perspective view of the inter-hull connection part in FIG. 11 , and FIG. 13 is a sectional view "IV-IV" of FIG. and FIGS. 14A and 14B are cross-sectional views respectively showing the release state and the restraint state of the inter-hull connection part according to FIG. 11 .
도 11 및 도 12를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부(13)는 선체간자유연결부(131), 선체간구속연결부(133)를 포함할 수 있다. 11 and 12 , the inter-hull connection part 13 according to the present embodiment may include an inter-hull free connection part 131 and an inter-hull constraint connection part 133 .
선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1312)를 포함하되, 제1 연결부재(1311) 또는 제2 연결부재(1312)는 선체간구속연결부(133)에 포함(또는 연결)될 수 있다. 본 실시예에서는 제1 연결부재(1311)가 선체간구속연결부(133)에 연결된 예를 중심으로 설명한다. The free connection between the hulls 131 includes a first connection member 1311 and a second connection member 1312 , but the first connection member 1311 or the second connection member 1312 is a constraint connection between the hulls 133 . may be included (or linked to). In this embodiment, an example in which the first connecting member 1311 is connected to the inter-hull restraint connecting portion 133 will be mainly described.
제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1312)의 기본적인 구성은 앞서 설명한 도 5의 실시예와 유사하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다. 다만 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1312)는 도 5의 실시예에 한정되지 않고 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 선체간자유연결부(131)를 중심으로 선체간 동요가 허용되는 연결구조이면 족하다.Since the basic configuration of the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 5 described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 are not limited to the embodiment of FIG. 5 , and the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are centered on the inter-hull free connection part 131 . It is sufficient as long as it is a connection structure that allows the sway between the hulls.
도 11 내지 도 13을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간구속연결부(133)는 가이드레일(1331), 가이드블록(1332)을 포함할 수 있다. 11 to 13 , the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 according to the present embodiment may include a guide rail 1331 and a guide block 1332 .
가이드레일(1331)은 전방측에 위치한 제1 선체(11)에 고정되고, 가이드블록(1332)은 후방측에 위치한 제2 선체(12)에 연결되어 가이드레일(1331)에 종방향으로 미끄러지게 결합될 수 있다. 하지만 경우에 따라서는 가이드레일(1331)이 후방측에 위치한 제2 선체(12)에 고정되고, 가이드블록(1332)이 전방측에 위치한 제1 선체(11)에 연결될 수도 있다. 이하에서는 전자, 즉 가이드레일(1331)이 제1 선체(11)에, 가이드블록(1332)이 제2 선체(12)에 각각 결합되는 구조를 중심으로 설명한다.The guide rail 1331 is fixed to the first hull 11 located on the front side, and the guide block 1332 is connected to the second hull 12 located on the rear side to slide in the longitudinal direction on the guide rail 1331 . can be combined. However, in some cases, the guide rail 1331 may be fixed to the second hull 12 located on the rear side, and the guide block 1332 may be connected to the first hull 11 located on the front side. Hereinafter, a structure in which the former, that is, the guide rail 1331 is coupled to the first hull 11 , and the guide block 1332 is coupled to the second hull 12 , will be mainly described.
예를 들어, 가이드블록(1332)에는 앞서 설명한 제1 연결부재(1311)가 구비되고, 제1 연결부재(1311)는 앞서 설명한 제2 연결부재(1312)에 결합될 수 있다. 다시 말해 제2 선체(12)는 제2 연결부재(1312)와 제1 연결부재(1311)를 통해 가이드블록(1332)에 결합되고, 가이드블록(1332)은 가이드레일(1331)에 결합되어 제1 선체(11)에 결합된다. 이에 따라 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)는 제1 연결부재(1311), 제2 연결부재(1312), 선체간구속연결부(133)에 의해 서로 연결되게 된다.For example, the guide block 1332 may be provided with the above-described first connecting member 1311 , and the first connecting member 1311 may be coupled to the above-described second connecting member 1312 . In other words, the second hull 12 is coupled to the guide block 1332 through the second connection member 1312 and the first connection member 1311 , and the guide block 1332 is coupled to the guide rail 1331 to make the first 1 is coupled to the hull (11). Accordingly, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are connected to each other by the first connecting member 1311 , the second connecting member 1312 , and the inter-hull restraint connecting portion 133 .
가이드레일(1331)은 하우징부(1331a), 슬릿부(1331b)를 포함할 수 있다. The guide rail 1331 may include a housing 1331a and a slit 1331b.
하우징부(1331a)는 그 일측면(전방면)이 제1 선체(11)의 선미에 용접 또는 체결되어 결합될 수 있다. 다만, 본 실시예와 같이 제1 선체(11)가 복층으로 구비되는 경우에는 2층을 이루는 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 하면에 하우징부(1331a)의 상면을 용접 또는 체결하여 결합될 수 있다. 이에 따라 하우징부(1331a)가 제1 선체(11)에 견고하게 고정될 수 있다. The housing portion 1331a may be coupled by welding or fastening one side (front surface) of the housing portion 1331a to the stern of the first hull 11 . However, as in this embodiment, when the first hull 11 is provided in multiple layers, the upper surface of the housing part 1331a is welded or fastened to the lower surface of the first upper deck 1122 constituting the second layer to be combined. . Accordingly, the housing portion 1331a may be firmly fixed to the first hull 11 .
하우징부(1331a)는 상하방향(종방향)으로 길게 중공된 튜브 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 하우징부(1331a)의 내부에는 미끄럼공간(1331a1)이 형성되고, 미끄럼공간(1331a1)에는 후술할 가이드블록(1332)의 블록부(1332a)가 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입될 수 있다. The housing part 1331a may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube elongated in the vertical direction (longitudinal direction). A sliding space 1331a1 is formed inside the housing 1331a, and a block portion 1332a of a guide block 1332 to be described later may be slidably inserted in the sliding space 1331a1 in the vertical direction.
미끄럼공간(1331a1)은 대략 직사각형 단면 형상으로 형성되고, 미끄럼공간(1331a1)의 전후방향 및 좌우방향이 막힌 형상으로 형성되되, 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 마주보는 전방면에는 후술할 슬릿부(1331b)가 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 후술할 가이드블록(1332)의 블록부(1332a)는 미끄럼공간(1331a1)의 내측면에 의해 전후방향 및 좌우방향으로 구속될 수 있다.The sliding space 1331a1 is formed in a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape, and is formed in a shape in which the front and rear and left and right directions of the sliding space 1331a1 are blocked. (1331b) may be formed. Accordingly, the block portion 1332a of the guide block 1332 to be described later may be constrained in the front-rear and left-right directions by the inner surface of the sliding space 1331a1.
하우징부(1331a)의 전방면, 즉 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 마주보는 면에는 슬릿부(1331b)가 종방향으로 연장되어 형성될 수 있다. 슬릿부(1331b)는 적어도 한 개 이상, 예를 들어 3개의 슬릿이 형성될 수 있다.A slit portion 1331b may be formed to extend in the longitudinal direction on the front surface of the housing portion 1331a, that is, on the surface facing the stern of the first hull 11 . At least one slit portion 1331b, for example, three slits may be formed.
슬릿부(1331b)는 한 개의 연결슬릿(1331b1) 및 복수의 제동슬릿(1331b2)으로 이루어질 수 있다.The slit portion 1331b may include one connection slit 1331b1 and a plurality of braking slits 1331b2.
연결슬릿(1331b1)은 하우징부(1331a)의 전방면 중앙에 형성되고, 제동슬릿(1331b2)은 연결슬릿(1331b1)의 좌우 양쪽에 각각 형성될 수 있다. 연결슬릿(1331b1)의 종방향 길이와 제동슬릿(1331b2)의 종방향 길이는 가이드블록(1332)에 구비되는 연결돌부(1332b)의 종방향 길이와 제동돌부(1332b3)의 종방향 길이에 각각 연동될 수 있다. The connection slit 1331b1 may be formed in the center of the front surface of the housing 1331a, and the braking slit 1331b2 may be formed on both left and right sides of the connection slit 1331b1, respectively. The longitudinal length of the connecting slit 1331b1 and the longitudinal length of the braking slit 1331b2 are interlocked with the longitudinal length of the connecting protrusion 1332b provided in the guide block 1332 and the longitudinal length of the braking protrusion 1332b3, respectively. can be
또한, 하우징부(1331a)의 전방면에는 제동레일(1331c)이 형성될 수 있다. 제동레일(1331c)은 제동슬릿(1331b2)의 좌우 바깥쪽에 각각 위치하여 종방향으로 길게 형성될 수 있다. 제동레일(1331c)의 종방향 길이는 제동슬릿(1331b2)의 종방향 길이와 동일하게 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제동슬릿(1331b2)을 따라 미끄러지는 제동유닛에 의해 가이드블록(1332)의 종방향 미끄럼 동작을 제동할 수 있다.In addition, a braking rail 1331c may be formed on the front surface of the housing 1331a. The braking rails 1331c may be respectively positioned at the left and right outer sides of the braking slit 1331b2 to be elongated in the longitudinal direction. The longitudinal length of the braking rail 1331c may be formed to be the same as the longitudinal length of the braking slit 1331b2. Accordingly, it is possible to brake the longitudinal sliding motion of the guide block 1332 by the braking unit sliding along the braking slit 1331b2.
가이드블록(1332)은 블록부(1332a), 연결돌부(1332b), 제동돌부(1332b3), 제동유닛(1333)을 포함할 수 있다.The guide block 1332 may include a block part 1332a , a connection protrusion 1332b , a braking protrusion 1332b3 , and a braking unit 1333 .
블록부(1332a)는 가이드레일(1331)의 상하방향을 따라 미끄러지는 부분으로, 가이드레일(1331)의 미끄럼공간(1331a1)과 대응되는 형상, 예를 들어 직육면체 단면 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 블록부(1332a)는 가이드레일(1331)의 미끄럼공간(1331a1)에 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입될 수 있다.The block portion 1332a is a portion sliding along the vertical direction of the guide rail 1331 , and may be formed in a shape corresponding to the sliding space 1331a1 of the guide rail 1331 , for example, a rectangular parallelepiped cross-sectional shape. Accordingly, the block portion 1332a may be vertically slidably inserted into the sliding space 1331a1 of the guide rail 1331 .
블록부(1332a)는 그 블록부(1332a)가 하우징부(1331a)의 미끄럼공간(1331a1)에서 회전하지 못할 정도의 길이를 가지도록 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12) 사이에서의 상하동요를 제외한 나머지 동요가 구속될 수 있다.The block part 1332a may be formed to have a length such that the block part 1332a cannot rotate in the sliding space 1331a1 of the housing part 1331a. Accordingly, the rest of the fluctuations other than the vertical fluctuations between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may be restrained.
연결돌부(1332b)는 블록부(1332a)의 전방면, 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 마주보는 면의 중앙에서 제1 선체(11)의 선미를 향해 연장되어, 가이드레일(1331)의 연결슬릿(1331b1)에 미끄러지게 결합될 수 있다. 연결돌부(1332b)는 전술한 실시예에서는 제2 연결부재(1312)를 이루는 부분으로, 제1 연결부재(1311)와 결합되어 선체간 동요가 가능하도록 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 연결돌부(1332b)의 끝단은 전술한 실시예와 같이 고리모양으로 형성될 수 있다.The connection protrusion 1332b extends toward the stern of the first hull 11 from the center of the front surface of the block portion 1332a, the surface facing the stern of the first hull 11, and the guide rail 1331 is connected It may be slidably coupled to the slit 1331b1. The connecting protrusion 1332b is a portion constituting the second connecting member 1312 in the above-described embodiment, and may be formed to be coupled to the first connecting member 1311 to enable oscillation between the hulls. For example, the end of the connection protrusion 1332b may be formed in a ring shape as in the above-described embodiment.
제동돌부(1332b3)는 연결돌부(1332b)의 좌우 양쪽에서 연장되어 가이드레일(1331)의 제동슬릿(1331b2)에 각각 미끄러지게 결합될 수 있다. 제동돌부(1332b3)의 끝단에는 제동유닛(1333)이 각각 구비될 수 있다.The braking protrusions 1332b3 may extend from both left and right sides of the connection protrusions 1332b to be slidably coupled to the braking slits 1331b2 of the guide rail 1331 . A braking unit 1333 may be provided at an end of the braking protrusion 1332b3, respectively.
제동유닛(1333)은 가이드레일(1331)의 제동레일(1331c)에 맞물려 가이드블록(1332)의 종방향 미끄럼 이동을 구속하는 것으로, 통상적인 알려진 유압브레이크 등이 적용될 수 있다. The braking unit 1333 is engaged with the braking rail 1331c of the guide rail 1331 to restrict the longitudinal sliding movement of the guide block 1332 , and a conventional known hydraulic brake may be applied.
본 실시예에 따른 선체간구속연결부의 작용효과는 다음과 같다. 도 14a 및 도 14b는 도 11에 따른 선체간연결부의 구속해제상태 및 구속상태를 각각 보인 단면도이다.The effect of the constraint connecting part between the hulls according to this embodiment is as follows. 14A and 14B are cross-sectional views respectively showing a release state and a restraint state of the inter-hull connection part according to FIG. 11 .
즉, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 각각의 선체동요에 따라 롤링, 피칭 등 기본적으로는 선체동요 또는/및 선체간 동요가 제한 없이 허용될 수 있다. 다만 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)는 선체간구속연결부(133)를 추가하여 히빙과 같은 선체간 상하요동에 대하여는 필요시 제한할 수 있다.That is, in the free connection part 131 between hulls according to this embodiment, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are basically hull sway or / and inter-hull sway such as rolling and pitching according to each hull sway. may be permitted without restrictions. However, the free connection part 131 between the hulls according to the present embodiment can be limited if necessary with respect to the vertical fluctuations between the hulls such as heaving by adding the inter-hull constraint connection part 133 .
구체적으로, 제1 선체(11)의 선미에는 고리 형상으로 형성된 제1 연결부재(1311)가 구비되고, 제2 선체(12)의 선수에는 고리 형상으로 형성된 제2 연결부재(1312)가 구비되어 제1 연결부재(1311)에 쌍고리형태로 결합될 수 있다. 다만, 제2 연결부재(1312)는 선체간구속연결부(133)의 일부에 일체로 구비됨에 따라 그 선체간구속연결부(133)와 연동되어 동작될 수 있다.Specifically, the stern of the first hull 11 is provided with a first connecting member 1311 formed in a ring shape, and the bow of the second hull 12 is provided with a second connecting member 1312 formed in a ring shape. It may be coupled to the first connecting member 1311 in the form of a pair of rings. However, as the second connecting member 1312 is provided integrally with a part of the inter-hull constraint connecting portion 133 , it may be operated in conjunction with the inter-hull constrained connecting unit 133 .
다시 말해, 제2 연결부재(1312)는 가이드블록(1332)에서 연장되고, 가이드블록(1332)은 가이드레일(1331)의 하우징부(1331a)에서 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입된다. 이 경우 가이드블록(1332)은 가이드레일(1331)에 의해 상하동요를 제외하고는 다른 동요는 구속될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제2 연결부재(1312)는 선체간구속연결부(133)에 대해 상하운동은 허용되는 반면 회전운동이나 전후운동 등은 제한되게 된다.In other words, the second connecting member 1312 extends from the guide block 1332 , and the guide block 1332 is slidably inserted in the housing portion 1331a of the guide rail 1331 in the vertical direction. In this case, the guide block 1332 may be constrained by the guide rail 1331 for other fluctuations except for the vertical movement. Accordingly, the second connecting member 1312 is allowed to move up and down with respect to the inter-hull constraint connecting portion 133, while the rotational movement or the forward and backward movement is limited.
그러면 도 14a와 같이, 선체간구속연결부(133)의 구속해제상태에서는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 상하방향으로 상대운동을 하더라도 선체간구속연결부(133)의 범위(예를 들어 슬릿부의 길이)내에서 두 선체간 상하동요를 구속하지 않게 된다. 이에 따라 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)는 해양조건에 맞춰 6가지 동요가 허용될 수 있다.Then, as shown in FIG. 14a, in the state of releasing the restraints of the inter-hull restraint connection part 133, even if the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 relative motion in the vertical direction, the range of the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 (eg For example, within the length of the slit), the vertical movement between the two hulls is not constrained. Accordingly, the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 may allow six types of sway according to the marine conditions.
반면, 도 14b와 같이, 선체간구속연결부(133)의 구속상태에서는 유압식 제동유닛(1333)에 제동신호가 전달되고, 제동신호를 받은 유압식 제동유닛(1333)은 제동레일(1331c)에 밀착하여 제동된다. 그러면 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1312)에 의해 제1 선체(11)에 연결되는 가이드블록(1332)이 제2 선체(12)에 결합된 가이드레일(1331)에 대해 구속되므로, 결국 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12) 사이의 상하동요가 제한되게 된다. 이 경우에도 상하동요를 제외한 다른 동요는 일정 범위 내에서 허용될 수 있다.On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 14b, in the restrained state of the interhull restraint connection part 133, a braking signal is transmitted to the hydraulic braking unit 1333, and the hydraulic braking unit 1333 receiving the braking signal is in close contact with the braking rail 1331c. is braked Then, the guide block 1332 connected to the first hull 11 by the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 is restrained against the guide rail 1331 coupled to the second hull 12 . Therefore, the vertical movement between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 is eventually limited. Even in this case, other fluctuations other than vertical fluctuations may be permitted within a certain range.
이에 따라, 함재기의 이착륙과 같은 전술상 운용이 필요한 경우에는 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12) 사이의 높이차를 적정 범위내에서 제한함으로써 활주로의 평탄도를 적정하게 유지하여 필요한 작전을 원활하게 수행할 수 있다. Accordingly, when tactical operation such as takeoff and landing of aircraft is required, the necessary operation can be performed by properly maintaining the flatness of the runway by limiting the height difference between the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 within an appropriate range. can be performed smoothly.
한편, 본 발명에 의한 선체간연결부에 대한 또 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, there is another embodiment of the hull-to-hull connection part according to the present invention is as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예에서는 가이드레일이 제1 선체에 고정 결합되는 것이나, 경우에 따라서는 가이드레일이 제1 선체에 대해 회전 가능하게 결합될 수도 있다. 이에 따라 가이드레일이 회전하면서 선체간 동요를 허용할 수 있다. That is, in the above-described embodiment, the guide rail is fixedly coupled to the first hull, but in some cases, the guide rail may be rotatably coupled to the first hull. Accordingly, while the guide rail rotates, it is possible to allow sway between the hulls.
도 15는 선체간연결부에 대한 또 다른 실시예를 보인 분해사시도이고, 도 16은 도 15를 조립하여 보인 사시도이며, 도 17은 도 16을 정면에서 본 단면도이고, 도 18은 도 17에서 선체간동요가 진행되는 상태를 보인 단면도이다.15 is an exploded perspective view showing another embodiment of the inter-hull connection part, FIG. 16 is a perspective view of FIG. 15 assembled, FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 16 from the front, and FIG. It is a cross-sectional view showing the state of the agitation in progress.
도 15 내지 도 17을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부(13)는 선체간자유연결부(131), 선체간구속연결부(133)를 포함할 수 있다. 전술한 실시예에서는 선체간자유연결부(131)가 쌍고리연결구조로 구성됨에 따라 양쪽 선체(11)(12) 사이에는 선체간격유지부(14)가 더 필요할 수 있지만, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간자유연결부(131)와 선체간구속연결부(133)는 링크연결구조로 구성됨에 따라 선체간격유지부(14)는 배제될 수도 있다.15 to 17 , the inter-hull connection part 13 according to the present embodiment may include an inter-hull free connection part 131 and an inter-hull constraint connection part 133 . In the above-described embodiment, as the inter-hull free connection part 131 is configured in a twin-ring connection structure, the hull spacing maintaining part 14 may be further required between the two hulls 11 and 12, but the hull according to this embodiment Since the free connection part 131 and the constraint connection part 133 between the hulls are configured in a link connection structure, the hull spacing maintaining part 14 may be excluded.
선체간자유연결부(131)는 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1312)를 포함하되, 제1 연결부재(1311)와 제2 연결부재(1312)는 선체간구속연결부(133)에 연결될 수 있다. The inter-hull free connection part 131 includes a first connecting member 1311 and a second connecting member 1312, and the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 are the inter-hull restraint connection part 133. can be connected to
제1 연결부재(1311)는 제1 선체(11)의 선미에서 연장되는 선체힌지돌부(1311a)와, 후술할 가이드레일(1332)의 전방면에서 연장되고 선체힌지돌부(1311a)에 힌지 결합되는 레일힌지돌부(1311b)를 포함할 수 있다.The first connecting member 1311 extends from the front surface of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a extending from the stern of the first hull 11 and the guide rail 1332 to be described later and is hinged to the hull hinge protrusion 1311a. It may include a rail hinge protrusion (1311b).
선체힌지돌부(1311a)의 일단은 제1 선체(11)의 선미에 용접 또는 볼트 체결되어 고정되고, 선체힌지돌부(1311a)의 타단은 레일힌지돌부(1311b)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 선체힌지돌부(1311a)의 타단은 도 15와 같이 일방향 단차지게 형성될 수도 있고, 양방향 단차지게 형성될 수도 있다.One end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a is fixed by welding or bolting to the stern of the first hull 11, and the other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a may be rotatably coupled to the rail hinge protrusion 1311b. The other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a may be formed to be stepped in one direction as shown in FIG. 15, or may be formed to be stepped in both directions.
또한, 선체힌지돌부(1311a)의 타단에는 선체힌지홀(1311a1)이 좌우방향으로 관통되어 형성되고, 선체힌지홀(1311a1)은 후술할 레일힌지돌부(1311b)의 레일힌지홀(1311b1)에 대응되게 형성될 수 있다. In addition, at the other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a, a hull hinge hole 1311a1 is formed to penetrate in the left and right directions, and the hull hinge hole 1311a1 corresponds to the rail hinge hole 1311b1 of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b to be described later. can be formed.
레일힌지돌부(1311b)의 일단은 가이드레일(1331)의 전방면에 용접 또는 볼트 체결되어 고정되고, 레일힌지돌부(1311b)의 타단은 선체힌지돌부(1311a)의 타단에 대응되도록 형성될 수 있다. 레일힌지돌부(1311b)의 타단에는 선체힌지홀(1311a1)에 대응되게 레일힌지홀(1311b1)이 형성되고, 레일힌지홀(1311b1)은 선체힌지홀(1311a1)에 대응되게 형성될 수 있다. One end of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b is fixed by welding or bolting to the front surface of the guide rail 1331, and the other end of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b may be formed to correspond to the other end of the hull hinge protrusion 1311a. . A rail hinge hole 1311b1 is formed at the other end of the rail hinge protrusion 1311b to correspond to the hull hinge hole 1311a1, and the rail hinge hole 1311b1 may be formed to correspond to the hull hinge hole 1311a1.
선체힌지돌부(1311a)와 레일힌지돌부(1311b)는 선체힌지홀(1311a1)과 레일힌지홀(1311b1)을 통과하는 제1 힌지핀(1311c)에 의해 힌지 결합될 수 있다. 이에 따라 가이드레일(1331)은 제1 힌지핀(1311c)을 중심으로 제1 선체(11)에 대해 상하회전(또는 양방향 회전)이 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The hull hinge protrusion 1311a and the rail hinge protrusion 1311b may be hinged by a first hinge pin 1311c passing through the hull hinge hole 1311a1 and the rail hinge hole 1311b1. Accordingly, the guide rail 1331 may be coupled to enable vertical rotation (or bidirectional rotation) with respect to the first hull 11 around the first hinge pin 1311c.
제2 연결부재는 제2 선체에 고정 결합되는 선체커플링수용부(1312a)와, 가이드블록(1332)에서 연장되어 선체커플링수용부(1312a)에 자유회전결합되는 블록커플링돌부(1312b)를 포함할 수 있다.The second connecting member includes a hull coupling receiving portion 1312a fixedly coupled to the second hull, and a block coupling protrusion 1312b extending from the guide block 1332 and freely rotatably coupled to the hull coupling receiving portion 1312a. may include.
선체커플링수용부(1312a)에는 커플링돌부수용홈(1312a1)이 전후방향으로 형성되고, 커플링돌부수용홈(1312a1)은 선체커플링수용부(1312a)를 관통하는 선체커플링홀(1312a2)이 형성될 수 있다. 선체커플링홀(1312a2)은 상하방향으로 관통될 수도 있고, 좌우방향으로 관통될 수도 있다.The hull coupling accommodating part 1312a has a coupling protrusion accommodating groove 1312a1 formed in the front-rear direction, and the coupling protrusion accommodating groove 1312a1 is a hull coupling hole 1312a2 passing through the hull coupling accommodating part 1312a. can be formed. The hull coupling hole 1312a2 may be penetrated in the vertical direction or may be penetrated in the left and right directions.
블록커플링돌부(1312a)는 가이드블록(1332)의 블록부(1332a)에서 연장되는 연결돌부(1332b)의 타단에서 연장 형성될 수 있다. 블록커플링돌부(1312a)에는 앞서 설명한 선체커플링홀(1312a2)에 대응되도록 블록커플링홀(1312b1)이 관통되어 형성될 수 있다.The block coupling protrusion 1312a may be formed to extend from the other end of the connection protrusion 1332b extending from the block part 1332a of the guide block 1332 . The block coupling protrusion 1312a may be formed through a block coupling hole 1312b1 to correspond to the hull coupling hole 1312a2 described above.
선체커플링수용부(1312a)와 블록커플링돌부(1312b)는 선체커플링홀(1312a2)과 블록커플링홀(1312b1)을 통과하는 제2 힌지핀(1312c)을 중심으로 제2 선체(12)에 대해 전방향으로 자유회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.The hull coupling receiving portion 1312a and the block coupling protrusion 1312b are on the second hull 12 with the center of the second hinge pin 1312c passing through the hull coupling hole 1312a2 and the block coupling hole 1312b1. It can be coupled to be freely rotatable in all directions.
선체간구속연결부(133)는 가이드레일(1331), 가이드블록(1332), 제동유닛(1333), 가이드커버(1334)를 포함할 수 있다.The inter-hull restraint connection part 133 may include a guide rail 1331 , a guide block 1332 , a braking unit 1333 , and a guide cover 1334 .
가이드레일(1331)과 가이드블록(1332), 제동유닛(1333)의 구성 및 그에 따른 작용 효과는 앞서 설명한 도 11의 실시예와 동일하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다. Since the configuration of the guide rail 1331 , the guide block 1332 , and the braking unit 1333 and the effects thereof are the same as those of the embodiment of FIG. 11 described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
다만, 도 11의 실시예에서 설명한 가이드레일(1331)은 그 전방면과 상면이 제1 선체(11)의 선미와 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 하면에 각각 용접되거나 볼트 체결되어 고정되는 것이나, 본 실시예에서의 가이드레일(1331)은 제1 선체(11)로부터 이격되어 앞서 설명한 제1 연결부재(1311)를 이루는 선체힌지돌부(1311a)와 레일힌지돌부(1311b)에 의해 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 선체 또는/및 제2 선체가 동요할 때 가이드레일(1331)이 제1 선체(11)에 대해 회전하면서 선체간 동요를 허용할 수 있다. 이에 대하여는 앞서 제1 연결부재(1311) 및 제2 연결부재(1312)에 대한 설명으로 대신한다.However, the guide rail 1331 described in the embodiment of FIG. 11 has its front surface and upper surface welded or bolted to the lower surface of the stern of the first hull 11 and the first upper deck 1122, respectively, and is fixed, The guide rail 1331 in this embodiment is spaced apart from the first hull 11 and is rotatably coupled by the hull hinge protrusion 1311a and the rail hinge protrusion 1311b forming the first connecting member 1311 described above. can be Accordingly, when the first hull or/and the second hull is shaken, the guide rail 1331 rotates with respect to the first hull 11 to allow inter-hull oscillation. This will be replaced with the description of the first connecting member 1311 and the second connecting member 1312 above.
가이드커버(1334)는 가이드레일(1331)의 상하 양단을 수용하도록 제1 선체(11)의 상하 양쪽에 각각 구비되는 제1 가이드커버(1334a) 및 제2 가이드커버(1334b)를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제1 가이드커버(1334a)는 제1 선체(11)의 선미에 용접 또는 볼트 체결되고, 제2 가이드커버(1334b)는 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 하면에 용접 또는 볼트 체결될 수 있다.The guide cover 1334 may include a first guide cover 1334a and a second guide cover 1334b respectively provided on both upper and lower sides of the first hull 11 to accommodate the upper and lower ends of the guide rail 1331 . . For example, the first guide cover 1334a may be welded or bolted to the stern of the first hull 11, and the second guide cover 1334b may be welded or bolted to the lower surface of the first upper deck 1122. have.
제1 가이드커버(1334a)는 전후방향으로 긴 직육면체 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 제1 가이드커버(1334a)의 내부에는 제1 레일수용공간(1334a1)이 형성되고, 제1 레일수용공간(1334a1)의 상면은 가이드레일(1331)의 하단이 삽입되도록 개구될 수 있다. The first guide cover 1334a may be formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape long in the front-rear direction. A first rail accommodating space 1334a1 is formed inside the first guide cover 1334a, and an upper surface of the first rail accommodating space 1334a1 may be opened so that the lower end of the guide rail 1331 is inserted.
제2 가이드커버(1334b)는 제1 가이드커버(1334a)와 대응되게 형성될 수 있다. 다만 제2 가이드커버(1334b)는 제1 가이드커버(1334a)를 마주보는 하면이 개구될 수 있다. 이에 따라 제2 가이드커버(1334b)의 제2 레일수용공간(1334b1)에는 가이드레일(1331)의 상단이 회전 가능하게 삽입될 수 있다.The second guide cover 1334b may be formed to correspond to the first guide cover 1334a. However, the lower surface of the second guide cover 1334b facing the first guide cover 1334a may be opened. Accordingly, the upper end of the guide rail 1331 may be rotatably inserted into the second rail accommodating space 1334b1 of the second guide cover 1334b.
상기와 같이 가이드레일(1331)의 양단에는 제1 가이드커버(1334a)와 제2 가이드커버(1334b)는 구비되어 가이드레일(1331)의 양단을 지지할 수 있다. 이에 따라 가이드레일(1331)이 제1 힌지핀(1311c)을 중심으로 상하회전을 할 때 그 가이드레일(1331)의 회전운동을 제1 가이드커버(1334a)와 제2 가이드커버(1334b)가 안정적으로 안내할 수 있다.(도 18 참조)As described above, a first guide cover 1334a and a second guide cover 1334b are provided at both ends of the guide rail 1331 to support both ends of the guide rail 1331 . Accordingly, when the guide rail 1331 rotates up and down around the first hinge pin 1311c, the first guide cover 1334a and the second guide cover 1334b are stable for the rotational movement of the guide rail 1331. (See Fig. 18)
또한, 제1 레일수용공간(1334a1)의 내벽면 및 제2 레일수용공간(1334b1)의 내벽면에는 제1 가이드홈(1334a2) 및 제2 가이드홈(1334b2)이 각각 원호 형상으로 형성되고, 이들 제1 가이드홈(1334a2)과 제2 가이드홈(1334b2)이 마주보는 가이드레일(1331)의 측면에는 각각의 가이드홈(1334a2)(1334b2)에 미끄러지게 삽입되는 가이드돌기(1331d1)(1331d2)가 각각 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 가이드레일(1331)이 회전을 할 때 가이드돌기(1331d1)(1331d2)가 가이드홈(1334a2)(1334b2)을 따라 회전하게 되어 가이드레일(1331)이 더욱 안정적으로 회전을 할 수 있다. In addition, on the inner wall surface of the first rail accommodating space (1334a1) and the inner wall surface of the second rail accommodating space (1334b1), the first guide groove (1334a2) and the second guide groove (1334b2) are respectively formed in an arc shape, and these On the side of the guide rail 1331 where the first guide groove 1334a2 and the second guide groove 1334b2 face each other, there are guide projections 1331d1 and 1331d2 that are slidably inserted into the respective guide grooves 1334a2 and 1334b2. each can be formed. Accordingly, when the guide rail 1331 rotates, the guide projections 1331d1 and 1331d2 rotate along the guide grooves 1334a2 and 1334b2, so that the guide rail 1331 can rotate more stably.
또한, 제1 가이드커버(1334a)의 제1 레일수용공간(1334a1) 및 제2 가이드커버(1334b)의 제1 레일수용공간(1334b1)에는 각각 가이드레일(1331)의 하단 및 상단을 전후방향으로 지지하는 가이드스프링(1335)이 구비될 수 있다. 이에 따라 가이드레일(1331)이 제1 힌지핀(1311c)을 중심으로 상하회전을 할 때 그 가이드레일(1331)을 수직상태로 신속하게 복귀시킬 수 있다.In addition, in the first rail accommodating space 1334a1 of the first guide cover 1334a and the first rail accommodating space 1334b1 of the second guide cover 1334b, the lower end and the upper end of the guide rail 1331, respectively, in the front-rear direction A guide spring 1335 for supporting may be provided. Accordingly, when the guide rail 1331 vertically rotates around the first hinge pin 1311c, the guide rail 1331 can be quickly returned to the vertical state.
도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 가이드커버 또는/및 가이드스프링이 배제될 수도 있다. 이에 대하여는 앞서 설명한 도 15의 실시예에 대한 설명으로 대신한다.Although not shown in the drawings, the guide cover and/or the guide spring may be excluded. This will be replaced with the description of the embodiment of FIG. 15 described above.
한편, 선체간구속연결부에 대한 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, if there is another embodiment of the constraint connection between the hull is as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예에서는 가이드레일과 가이드블록이 직육면체 형상으로 형성되는 것이나, 경우에 따라서는 가이드레일과 가이드블록이 곡면지게 형성될 수도 있다.That is, in the above-described embodiment, the guide rail and the guide block are formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, but in some cases, the guide rail and the guide block may be formed to have a curved surface.
도 19는 가이드레일과 가이드블록에 대한 다른 실시예를 보인 단면도이다.19 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the guide rail and the guide block.
도 19를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간구속연결부(133)는 가이드레일(1331), 가이드블록(1332), 제동유닛(1333), 가이드커버(1334)를 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 19 , the inter-hull restraint connection part 133 according to the present embodiment may include a guide rail 1331 , a guide block 1332 , a braking unit 1333 , and a guide cover 1334 .
이들 가이드레일(1331), 가이드블록(1332), 제동유닛(1333), 가이드커버(1334)의 기본적인 구성 및 그에 따른 작용효과는 전술한 실시예와 동일하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다.The basic configuration of the guide rail 1331 , the guide block 1332 , the braking unit 1333 , and the guide cover 1334 and their effects are the same as those of the above-described embodiment, so a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
다만, 본 실시예에 따른 가이드레일(1331)은 측면투영시 원호 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어 가이드레일(1331)은 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 선체간 동요가 배제된 상태, 즉 상호 수평한 상태에서 가이드레일(1331)의 하우징부(1331a)가 제2 힌지핀(1312c)을 중심으로 동일한 곡률을 가지는 원호 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.However, the guide rail 1331 according to the present embodiment may be formed in an arc shape when the side projection is performed. For example, in the guide rail 1331, the housing portion 1331a of the guide rail 1331 is in a state in which the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 are in a state in which the fluctuation between the hulls is excluded, that is, in a mutually horizontal state. The second hinge pin 1312c may be formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as the center.
이에 따라, 하우징부(1331a)의 미끄럼공간(1331a1)은 그 하우징부(1331a)의 곡률과 동일한 곡률을 가지는 원호 형상으로 형성되고, 미끄럼공간(1331a1)에서 상하방향으로 미끄러지는 가이드블록(1332)의 블록부(1332a) 역시 미끄럼공간(1331a1)과 동일한 곡률을 가지는 원호 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.Accordingly, the sliding space 1331a1 of the housing portion 1331a is formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as that of the housing portion 1331a, and the guide block 1332 slides in the vertical direction in the sliding space 1331a1. of the block portion 1332a may also be formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as that of the sliding space 1331a1.
상기와 같이 가이드레일(1331)의 하우징부(1331a)와 가이드블록(1332)의 블록부(1332a)가 제2 힌지핀(1312c)을 중심으로 동일한 곡률을 가지는 원호 형상으로 형성됨에 따라, 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12) 사이에서의 선체간 동요시 가이드블록(1332)이 가이드레일(1331)에 대해 부드럽게 미끄러질 수 있다. 이에 따라 제1 선체에 대한 가이드레일(1331)의 회전운동 및 제2 선체(12)에 대한 가이드블록(1332)의 회전운동이 원활하게 진행되어 가이드레일(1331)과 가이드블록(1332) 사이에서의 응력집중으로 인한 파손을 억제할 수 있다. As described above, as the housing portion 1331a of the guide rail 1331 and the block portion 1332a of the guide block 1332 are formed in an arc shape having the same curvature as the center of the second hinge pin 1312c, the first The guide block 1332 can slide smoothly with respect to the guide rail 1331 when the hull is shaken between the hull 11 and the second hull 12 . Accordingly, the rotational movement of the guide rail 1331 with respect to the first hull and the rotational movement of the guide block 1332 with respect to the second hull 12 proceed smoothly between the guide rail 1331 and the guide block 1332 . damage due to stress concentration can be suppressed.
한편, 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 제1 선체의 좌우 양측에 복수의 가이드레일이 각각 설치되고, 각각의 가이드레일에서 미끄러지게 결합되는 각각의 가이드블록이 서로 연결되며, 서로 연결된 가이드블록의 중앙에서 한 개의 연결부재가 연장되어 제2 선체에 연결될 수도 있다. 가이드레일과 가이드블록은 앞서 설명한 가이드레일과 가이드블록을 포함한 선체간연결부와 거의 동일하게 형성되므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다.On the other hand, although not shown in the drawings, a plurality of guide rails are respectively installed on the left and right sides of the first hull, and each guide block slidably coupled on each guide rail is connected to each other, and one The two connecting members may be extended and connected to the second hull. Since the guide rail and the guide block are formed almost identically to the connection part between the hull including the guide rail and the guide block described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
이 경우에도 가이드블록에서 연장되는 연결부재는 제2 선체에 자유회전이 가능한 쌍고리 형태로 연결되거나 또는 유니버셜 조인트 등으로 연결될 수도 있다.Even in this case, the connecting member extending from the guide block may be connected to the second hull in the form of a free rotatable twin ring, or may be connected to a universal joint or the like.
상기와 같이 복수의 가이드레일이 제1 선체에 구비되고, 각각의 가이드블록이 서로 연결되어 제2 선체에 자유회전 가능하게 연결되는 경우에는 복수의 가이드레일을 적용하면서도 선체간 요동을 허용할 수 있다. 하지만, 경우에 따라서는 가이드블록에서 연장되는 연결부재가 제2 선체에 고정 결합될 수도 있다. As described above, when a plurality of guide rails are provided on the first hull, and each guide block is connected to each other and freely rotatably connected to the second hull, it is possible to allow movement between the hulls while applying a plurality of guide rails. . However, in some cases, the connecting member extending from the guide block may be fixedly coupled to the second hull.
한편, 선체부에 대한 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, if there is another embodiment for the hull portion is as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예에서는 선체부의 측면이 막힌 형상으로 형성되는 것이나, 경우에 따라서는 선체부의 측면에 변침보조유닛이 설치되어 항공모함의 측방향 이동을 신속하게 실시할 수 있다. That is, in the above-described embodiment, the side of the hull is formed in a blocked shape, but in some cases, the changing needle auxiliary unit is installed on the side of the hull, so that the lateral movement of the aircraft carrier can be performed quickly.
도 20은 본 실시예에 따른 항공모함의 변침상태를 개략적으로 보인 평면도이고, 도 21은 도 20의 ""Ⅴ-Ⅴ"선단면도이다.20 is a plan view schematically showing the changing needle state of the aircraft carrier according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 21 is a front sectional view of "V-V" of FIG.
도 20 및 도 21을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 변침보조유닛(15)은 측류형성통로(151), 측류형성부재(152), 측류형성구동부(153), 통로개폐덮개(154)를 포함할 수 있다. 변침보조유닛(15)은 연결형 항공모함(1)을 이루는 제1 선체(11)의 양쪽 측면 및 제2 선체(12)의 양쪽 측면에 각각 동일하게 형성될 수 있다. 이하에서는 제1 선체(11)에 구비된 변침보조유닛(15)을 중심으로 설명하고, 제2 선체(12)에 구비된 변침보조유닛(미도시)에 대하여는 제1 선체(11)에 구비된 변침보조유닛(15)에 대한 설명으로 대신한다. 20 and 21 , the toilet needle auxiliary unit 15 according to the present embodiment includes a side flow forming passage 151 , a side flow forming member 152 , a side flow forming driving unit 153 , and a passage opening and closing cover 154 . can do. The changing needle auxiliary unit 15 may be equally formed on both sides of the first hull 11 and both sides of the second hull 12 constituting the connected aircraft carrier 1 . Hereinafter, the changing needle auxiliary unit 15 provided in the first hull 11 will be mainly described, and with respect to the changing needle auxiliary unit (not shown) provided in the second hull 12 , provided in the first hull 11 . Instead of the description of the toilet needle auxiliary unit (15).
측류형성통로(151)는 제1 선체부(111)의 바닥면에서 양쪽 측면으로 각각 관통될 수 있다. 측류형성통로(151)는 해수가 원활하게 유동할 수 있도록 곡면으로 각각 형성되는 것이 바람직할 수 있다.The side flow forming passage 151 may be penetrated from the bottom surface of the first hull part 111 to both sides, respectively. It may be preferable that the side flow forming passages 151 are each formed in a curved surface so that seawater can flow smoothly.
측류형성부재(152)는 측방향용 프로펠러로 이루어져 측류형성통로(151)의 출구측, 즉 제1 선체부(111)의 측면에 설치될 수 있다. 측류형성부재(152)는 측류형성통로(151)의 출구측 내부에 매입되도록 설치되는 것이 바람직하다.The side flow forming member 152 is composed of a lateral propeller and may be installed on the outlet side of the side flow forming passage 151 , that is, on the side of the first hull 111 . The side flow forming member 152 is preferably installed so as to be embedded in the outlet side of the side flow forming passage 151 .
측류형성구동부(153)는 제1 선체부(111)의 내부에 설치되고, 측류형성구동부(153)와 측류형성부재(152) 사이에는 회전축으로 연결될 수 있다.The side flow forming driving part 153 may be installed inside the first hull part 111 , and may be connected by a rotating shaft between the side flow forming driving part 153 and the side flow forming member 152 .
통로개폐덮개(154)는 측류형성통로(151)의 입구와 출구를 개폐할 수 있도록 그 측류형성통로(151)의 입구와 출구에 각각 설치될 수 있다. 이에 따라 항공모함(1)이 직진할 경우에는 통로개폐덮개(154)를 이용하여 측류형성통로(151)를 폐쇄할 수 있다.The passage opening and closing cover 154 may be respectively installed at the inlet and outlet of the side flow forming passage 151 so as to open and close the inlet and the outlet of the side flow forming passage 151 . Accordingly, when the aircraft carrier 1 moves straight, the side flow forming passage 151 can be closed by using the passage opening and closing cover 154 .
통로개폐덮개(154)는 유압에 의해 작동되거나 또는 전동기에 의해 작동될 수 있다. 다만 본 실시예의 항공모함(1)이 해상에서 운용되는 것을 감안하면 유압식으로 이루어지는 것이 바람직할 수 있다.The passage opening/closing cover 154 may be operated by hydraulic pressure or by an electric motor. However, considering that the aircraft carrier 1 of this embodiment is operated at sea, it may be preferable to be made of a hydraulic type.
상기와 같은 변침보조유닛(15)이 구비된 연결형 항공모함(1)은, 빠른변침 및 항적회피기동 등을 운용하는 경우 측류형성부재(152)인 측방향용 프로펠러를 구동시켜 항공모함의 변침시 형성되는 원형궤적의 내부쪽으로 측류를 발생시키게 된다. 그러면 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 항공모함(1)은 변침 후 항공모함(1)이 빠르게 일직선으로 복원되는 동시에 회피기동을 용이하게 수행할 수 있다.The connected aircraft carrier 1 provided with the changing needle auxiliary unit 15 as described above drives the lateral propeller, which is the side flow forming member 152, when operating the fast changing needle and the wake avoidance maneuver to change the aircraft carrier. A side flow is generated toward the inside of the formed circular trajectory. Then, the connected aircraft carrier 1 according to the present embodiment can easily perform an evasive maneuver while the aircraft carrier 1 is quickly restored to a straight line after the changeover.
한편, 갑판부에 대한 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, if there is another embodiment for the deck portion is as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예에서는 각각의 하층갑판과 상층갑판 사이가 개방되는 형상이나, 경우에 따라서는 하층갑판과 상층갑판 사이를 필요시 복개하여 전자파를 차단할 수 있는 차폐막이 더 구비될 수 있다.That is, in the above-described embodiment, each of the lower decks and the upper decks are opened in a shape, but in some cases, a shielding film capable of blocking electromagnetic waves by covering the space between the lower deck and the upper deck if necessary may be further provided.
도 22는 본 발명에 따른 항공모함에서 전자파차폐유닛의 일실시예를 보인 개략도이다.22 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of an electromagnetic wave shielding unit in an aircraft carrier according to the present invention.
도 22를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 항공모함(1)은 갑판부(112)(122)를 은폐할 수 있는 전자파차폐유닛(16)이 구비될 수 있다. 전자파차폐유닛(16)은 필요에 따라 전개할 수 있는 가변식으로 이루어질 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 22 , the aircraft carrier 1 according to the present embodiment may be provided with an electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 capable of concealing the deck portions 112 and 122 . The electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 may be formed of a variable type that can be deployed as needed.
예를 들어, 본 실시예에 따른 전자파차폐유닛(16)은 상층갑판(1122)(1222)의 가장자리 또는 하층갑판(1121)(1221)의 가장자리에 설치될 수 있다. 이하에서는 상층갑판(1122)(1222)의 가장자리에 전자파차폐유닛(16)이 설치된 예를 중심으로 설명한다. 그리고 본 실시예에 따른 항공모함(1)은 제1 선체(11)와 제2 선체(12)가 거의 동일하게 형성되므로 이하에서는 제1 선체(11)를 중심으로 설명하고 제2 선체(12)는 제1 선체(11)에 대한 설명으로 대신한다.For example, the electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 according to the present embodiment may be installed on the edges of the upper decks 1122 and 1222 or the lower decks 1121 and 1221. Hereinafter, an example in which the electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 is installed on the edges of the upper decks 1122 and 1222 will be mainly described. And since the aircraft carrier 1 according to this embodiment is formed to be substantially the same as the first hull 11 and the second hull 12, the following description will be focused on the first hull 11 and the second hull 12 is replaced by a description of the first hull 11 .
본 실시예에 따른 전자파차폐유닛(16)은 차폐막권상부(161), 전자파차폐막(162), 차폐막안내부(163), 차폐막고정부(164)를 포함할 수 있다. The electromagnetic wave shielding unit 16 according to the present embodiment may include a shielding film winding part 161 , an electromagnetic wave shielding film 162 , a shielding film guide part 163 , and a shielding film fixing part 164 .
차폐막권상부(161)는 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 가장자리에 설치될 수 있다. 차폐막권상부(161)는 권상모터(1611) 및 권상모터(1611)의 회전축에서 연장되고 전자파차폐막(162)을 감아서 권상하는 차폐막권상봉(1612)으로 이루어질 수 있다.The shield winding upper part 161 may be installed at the edge of the first upper deck 1122 . The shielding film winding part 161 may be formed of a winding motor 1611 and a shielding film winding rod 1612 extending from the rotation shaft of the winding motor 1611 and winding and winding the electromagnetic wave shielding film 162 .
전자파차폐막(162)은 전파흡수제가 도포된 천막, 예를 들어 천막지 형태로 형성되거나 또는 그물망 형태로 형성될 수 있다.The electromagnetic wave shielding film 162 may be formed in the form of a tent coated with a radio wave absorber, for example, in the form of a tent paper or in the form of a mesh.
차폐막안내부(163)는 제1 상층갑판(1122)의 가장자리와 제1 하층갑판(1121)의 가장자리 사이에 구비될 수 있다. 차폐막안내부(163)는 대략 3~5° 전후의 범위에서 경사지도록 형성되는 것이 권상모터(1611)의 부하를 고려할 때 바람직할 수 있다.The shielding membrane guide 163 may be provided between the edge of the first upper deck 1122 and the edge of the first lower deck 1121 . The shielding film guide 163 may be preferably formed to be inclined in the range of about 3 to 5° in consideration of the load of the hoisting motor 1611 .
차폐막고정부(164)는 제1 하층갑판(1121)의 가장자리에 설치될 수 있다. The shielding film fixing part 164 may be installed at the edge of the first lower deck 1121 .
상기와 같은 전자파차폐유닛(16)이 구비된 항공모함(1)은, 평상시에는 전자파차폐막(162)이 차폐막권상부(161)에 감겨진 상태로 운용되다가 필요시에는 전자파차폐막(162)이 펼쳐져 각 선체(11)(12)의 상층갑판(1122)(1222)과 하층갑판(1121)(1221) 사이를 차단하게 된다. The aircraft carrier 1 equipped with the electromagnetic shielding unit 16 as described above is normally operated with the electromagnetic shielding film 162 wound around the winding upper part 161 of the shielding film, and when necessary, the electromagnetic shielding film 162 is unfolded. The upper decks 1122, 1222 and the lower decks 1121 and 1221 of each hull 11 and 12 are blocked.
그러면 하층갑판(1121)(1221)과 상층갑판(1122)(1222) 사이에 구비된 격납고(1121a)(1221a)가 전자파차폐막(162)에 의해 은폐되어, 그 격납고(1121a)(1221a)에 격납된 함재기가 외부로 노출되는 것을 방지할 수 있고, 이를 통해 항공모함(1)이 상대의 레이더에 노출되는 것을 억제할 수 있다.Then, the hangars 1121a and 1221a provided between the lower decks 1121 and 1221 and the upper decks 1122 and 1222 are concealed by the electromagnetic shielding film 162, and are stored in the hangars 1121a and 1221a. It is possible to prevent the aircraft carrier from being exposed to the outside, and through this, it is possible to suppress the exposure of the aircraft carrier 1 to the opponent's radar.
도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 전자파차폐막은 고정식으로 구비될 수도 있다. 예를 들어 고정식 차폐막은 양단이 각각 상층갑판과 하층갑판에 고정될 수 있다. 이 경우 고정식 차폐막은 상층갑판에서 폭방향으로 연장되고, 하층갑판을 향해 절곡되도록 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 고정식 차폐막의 내부에는 함재기가 주행할 수 있도록 주행공간을 확보할 수 있다.Although not shown in the drawings, the electromagnetic shielding film may be provided in a fixed manner. For example, a fixed shield can be fixed at both ends to the upper deck and the lower deck, respectively. In this case, the fixed shielding film may be formed to extend in the width direction from the upper deck and to be bent toward the lower deck. Accordingly, it is possible to secure a traveling space inside the fixed shielding membrane so that the aircraft can travel.
또 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 전자파차폐막은 경사형으로 구비될 수도 있다. 예를 들어 상층갑판의 가장자리와 하층갑판의 가장자리 사이를 프레임으로 연결하고, 이 프레임에 전자파차폐막이 개폐가능하도록 설치될 수 있다. 전자파차폐막은 여닫이식으로 구성될 수 있다. 여닫이식 차폐막은 유압(공압)에 의하여 지붕 프레임을 축으로 하여 함정의 바깥쪽으로 일정 각도만큼 개구되도록 설치하되, 여닫이식 차폐막을 닫을 경우 상대의 레이더에 피탐되지 않는 이상적인 피탐방지각도로 제작되어 설치되는 것이 바람직하다.Also, although not shown in the drawings, the electromagnetic shielding film may be provided in an inclined shape. For example, a frame may be connected between the edge of the upper deck and the edge of the lower deck, and an electromagnetic shielding film may be installed in this frame to be able to open and close. The electromagnetic shielding film may be configured in an opening/closing type. The hinged shield is installed so that it opens at a certain angle to the outside of the ship with the roof frame as the axis by hydraulic pressure (pneumatic). it is preferable
도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 이외의 다양한 형태로 전자파차단막이 설치될 수 있다. Although not shown in the drawings, the electromagnetic wave shielding film may be installed in various other forms.
한편, 선체부에 대한 다른 실시예가 있는 경우는 다음과 같다.On the other hand, if there is another embodiment for the hull portion is as follows.
즉, 전술한 실시예들에서는 선체부의 내부에 추력엔진이 설치되고 선체부의 선미에는 추력엔진에 연결된 추력용 프로펠러가 설치될 수 있다. 선체부는 저항을 최소화하도록 가능한 한 유선형으로 형성될 수 있다.That is, in the above-described embodiments, the thrust engine is installed inside the hull part, and a thrust propeller connected to the thrust engine may be installed in the stern of the hull part. The hull portion may be formed as streamlined as possible to minimize resistance.
하지만, 본 실시예에서는 복수의 선체가 연결됨에 따라 추력엔진과 추력용 프로펠러가 각각 복수 개씩 구비될 수 있다. 이로 인해 추력엔진 및 추력용 프로펠러에서 발생되는 소음의 크기가 증가하게 되어 그만큼 상대에게 피탐될 가능성이 커질 수 있다.However, in this embodiment, as a plurality of hulls are connected, a plurality of thrust engines and a plurality of thrust propellers may be provided, respectively. As a result, the noise generated by the thrust engine and the thrust propeller increases, and thus the possibility of being detected by the opponent may increase.
이에, 본 실시예에서는 각 선체의 선미쪽에 소음방사억제판이 설치될 수 있다. 소음방사억제판은 필요시에만 전개될 수 있도록 선체부에 결합될 수 있다. Accordingly, in this embodiment, the noise radiation suppression plate may be installed on the stern side of each hull. The noise emission suppression plate may be coupled to the hull so that it can be deployed only when necessary.
예를 들어, 소음방사억제판은 선체부에 레일 결합되어 필요시 양방향으로 미끄러져 전개될 수도 있고, 힌지 결합되어 필요시 양방향으로 펼쳐져 전개될 수도 있다.For example, the noise radiation suppression plate may be deployed by sliding in both directions when necessary by being coupled to the rail of the hull, or by being hinged and deployed in both directions when necessary.
상기와 같은 소음방사억제판은 항공모함의 운행시 추력엔진 및 추력용 프로펠러에서 발생되는 측방향 소음을 직접적으로 차단하여 항공모함에서 발생되는 소음을 효과적으로 감쇄시킬 수 있다. 이를 통해 복수의 항모선체(11)(12)가 연결되어 초대형 항공모함을 이루면서도 운행소음을 줄여 상대로부터 피감되는 것을 억제할 수 있다. The noise radiation suppression plate as described above can effectively attenuate the noise generated by the aircraft carrier by directly blocking the lateral noise generated from the thrust engine and the thrust propeller during the operation of the aircraft carrier. Through this, a plurality of carrier hulls 11 and 12 are connected to form a super-large aircraft carrier, while reducing operating noise and suppressing being covered by the opponent.
또한, 전술한 실시예들에서는 제1 선체와 제2 선체로 이루어진 예를 중심으로 설명하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 제1 선체, 제2 선체 그리고 제3 선체로 이루어지거나 그 이상의 선체로 이루어질 수도 있다. 이들 실시예에서도 선체부, 선체간연결부, 갑판부, 주행부 등은 전술한 실시예와 동일하므로 이에 대한 설명은 생략한다.In addition, in the above-described embodiments, the description has been focused on the example consisting of the first hull and the second hull, but in some cases, the first hull, the second hull and the third hull may be formed of or more hulls. Also in these embodiments, the hull part, the inter-hull connection part, the deck part, the running part, etc. are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and thus a description thereof will be omitted.
한편, 전술한 실시예들에서는 항공모함을 예로 들어 설명하였으나, 반드시 항공모함에만 한정되지 않는다. 예를 들어 자동차용 운반선과 같이 주행 가능한 적재물을 실어 운반하는 화물선은 물론 콘테이너 운반선과 같은 일반적인 화물선 등에도 고르게 적용될 수 있다. On the other hand, although the above-described embodiments have been described by taking the aircraft carrier as an example, it is not necessarily limited to the aircraft carrier. For example, it can be equally applied to not only a cargo ship carrying a drivable load, such as a car carrier, but also a general cargo ship such as a container carrier.
또한, 이 경우에는 복수의 선박 중에서 어느 한 개의 선박 또는 일부의 선박에는 에너지발생유닛 및 에너지전송유닛이 구비되고, 다른 선박에는 에너지수신유닛이 구비될 수 있다. In addition, in this case, any one of the plurality of ships or some of the ships may be provided with an energy generating unit and an energy transmitting unit, and the other ships may be provided with an energy receiving unit.
도 23은 본 발명에 따른 연결형 선박의 다른 실시예를 보인 개략도이다.23 is a schematic diagram showing another embodiment of a connection type vessel according to the present invention.
도 23을 참조하면, 인솔선박인 제1 선체(21)에 에너지발생유닛(211) 및 에너지전송유닛(212)이 설치되고, 제1 선체(21)에 연결되는 제2 선체(22), 제2 선체(22)에 연결되는 제3 선체(23), 제3 선체(23)에 연결되는 제4 선체(24) 등은 에너지수신유닛(221,231,241)이 각각 설치될 수 있다. 에너지전송유닛(212)과 에너지수신유닛(221,231,241)은 직렬적으로 연결될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 23 , an energy generating unit 211 and an energy transmission unit 212 are installed in a first hull 21 that is a guided ship, and a second hull 22 connected to the first hull 21 , the second The third hull 23 connected to the second hull 22, the fourth hull 24 connected to the third hull 23, etc. may be provided with energy receiving units 221, 231,241, respectively. The energy transmitting unit 212 and the energy receiving units 221 , 231,241 may be connected in series.
제1 선체(21)를 비롯한 모든 선체(22,23,24)에는 자체동력을 이루는 출력유닛(213,222,232,242)이 각각 구비되고, 제1 선체(21)의 출력유닛(213)은 에너지발생유닛(211)에, 다른 선체(22,23,24)들의 출력유닛(222,232,242)은 에너지수신유닛(221,231,241)에 각각 연결될 수 있다.All hulls 22, 23, and 24 including the first hull 21 are provided with output units 213, 222, 232, and 242 that form their own power, respectively, and the output unit 213 of the first hull 21 is an energy generating unit 211 ), the output units (222, 232, 242) of the other hulls (22, 23, 24) may be connected to the energy receiving units (221, 231,241), respectively.
에너지발생유닛(211)은 예를 들어 원자력발전기가 적용될 수 있다. 하지만 반드시 원자력발전기에만 국한되지는 않고, 해상에서 전기에너지를 발생시킬 수 있는 수단이면 족하다.The energy generating unit 211 may be, for example, a nuclear power generator. However, it is not necessarily limited to nuclear power generators, and means capable of generating electrical energy at sea is sufficient.
제1 선체(21)의 선미와 제2 선체(22)의 선수의 사이, 제2 선체(22)의 선비와 제3 선체(23)의 선수의 사이, 제3 선체(23)의 선미와 제4 선체(24)의 선수의 사이에는 각각 선체간연결부(251,252,253)가 설치될 수 있다. Between the stern of the first hull 21 and the bow of the second hull 22, between the bow of the second hull 22 and the bow of the third hull 23, the stern and the third of the third hull 23 Between the bows of the four hulls 24, the inter-hull connecting portions 251,252 and 253 may be installed, respectively.
각각의 선체간연결부(251,252,253)의 구성 및 그에 따른 작용효과는 앞서 설명한 선체간연결부의 구성 및 작용효과와 동일하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다.The configuration of each of the hull-to-hull connection parts 251,252, 253 and the effect thereof are the same as the configuration and the effect of the inter-hull connection part described above, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
상기와 같은 연결형 선박은 제1 선체(21)에 에너지발생유닛(211)이 구비되어 전기에너지를 발생하고, 이 전기에너지는 제1 선체(21)에 구비된 에너지전송유닛(212)을 통해 제1 선체(21)에 순차적으로 연결된 제2,3,4 선체(22,23,24)에 각각 에너지수신유닛(221,231,241)으로 전달된다. The connection type vessel as described above is provided with an energy generating unit 211 in the first hull 21 to generate electric energy, and this electric energy is produced through the energy transmission unit 212 provided in the first hull 21 . The second, third, and fourth hulls 22, 23, and 24 sequentially connected to the first hull 21 are transmitted to the energy receiving units 221, 231,241, respectively.
각 선체(21,22,23,24)의 출력유닛(213)(222,232,242)은 각각 에너지발생유닛(211) 및 에너지수신유닛(221,231,241)에 연결됨에 따라, 제1 선체(21)에서 발생되는 전기에너지가 제1 선체에 연결된 선체(22,23,24)들에 전달되게 된다.As the output units 213, 222, 232, and 242 of each hull 21, 22, 23, 24 are connected to the energy generating unit 211 and the energy receiving unit 221, 231,241, respectively, electricity generated in the first hull 21 Energy is transmitted to the hulls (22, 23, 24) connected to the first hull.
이후, 제2,제3,제4 선체(22,23,24)들은 제1 선체(21)에 연결된 상태로 항해를 지속하거나, 또는 해당 선체간연결부(251,252,253)가 분리되어 각각 독립적으로 항해를 지속할 수 있다.Thereafter, the second, third, and fourth hulls 22, 23, and 24 continue to sail while connected to the first hull 21, or the corresponding inter-hull connection parts 251,252, 253 are separated to sail independently. can last
이렇게 하여 항해중인 선박이 항해에 필요한 에너지를 해상에서 직접 생산하거나 또는 해상에서 공급을 받을 수 있다. 이에 따라 항해중인 선박이 연료공급을 위해 인근항으로 입항할 필요가 없어 에너지효율을 높일 수 있다. 뿐만 아니라 선박을 이용한 운송비용을 현저하게 낮출 수 있다.In this way, the sailing vessel can directly produce the energy required for sailing at sea or receive supply from the sea. Accordingly, it is possible to increase energy efficiency by eliminating the need for vessels in voyage to enter a nearby port for fuel supply. In addition, transportation costs using ships can be significantly reduced.
한편, 전술한 실시예들에서는 선박간연결부가 한 개인 경우를 예로 들어 설명하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 선박간연결부가 복수 개로 이루어질 수도 있다. 이 경우 복수 개의 선박간연결부는 제1 선체와 제2 선체의 길이방향(항해방향) 사이에 설치될 수도 있고, 제1 선체와 제2 선체의 폭방향(항해방향에 직교하는 방향) 사이에 설치될 수도 있다. 또는 복수 개의 선박간연결부가 제1 선체와 제2 선체의 길이방향 사이와 폭방향 사이에 각각 설치될 수도 있다. 본 실시예는 복수 개의 선박간연결부가 제1 선체와 제2 선체의 길이방향 사이와 폭방향 사이에 각각 설치된 예를 중심으로 설명한다.On the other hand, in the above-described embodiments, the case where there is only one vessel-to-ship connection unit has been described as an example, but in some cases, a plurality of vessel-to-ship connection units may be formed. In this case, a plurality of ship-to-ship connection parts may be installed between the longitudinal direction (sailing direction) of the first hull and the second hull, and installed between the first hull and the second hull in the width direction (direction orthogonal to the sailing direction) it might be Alternatively, a plurality of intership connection parts may be respectively installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the first hull and the second hull. This embodiment will be described mainly on an example in which a plurality of ship-to-ship connection parts are respectively installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the first hull and the second hull.
도 24은 본 발명에 따른 연결형 선박의 또 다른 실시예를 보인 개략도이다.24 is a schematic diagram showing another embodiment of a connection type vessel according to the present invention.
도 24를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은 다수의 선체(31)(32)와, 다수의 선체(31)(32) 사이를 각각 연결하는 다수의 선체간연결부(33)로 이루어질 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 24 , the connection-type vessel according to this embodiment may include a plurality of hulls 31 and 32 and a plurality of inter-hull connecting portions 33 respectively connecting between the plurality of hulls 31 and 32 . have.
다수의 선체(31)(32)는 한 개의 유인선체(31)와 복수의 블록선체(32)로 이루어질 수 있다. 다시 말해, 유인선체(31)는 자체 동력(예를 들어 선박엔진)을 구비하는 반면, 블록선체(32)는 자체 동력을 구비하지 않을 수 있다. 물론, 필요에 따라서는 블록선체(32)에도 각각 자체 동력이 구비될 수도 있다. The plurality of hulls 31 and 32 may include one manned hull 31 and a plurality of block hulls 32 . In other words, the manned hull 31 may have its own power (eg, a ship engine), whereas the block hull 32 may not have its own power. Of course, if necessary, the block hull 32 may also have its own power.
다수의 선체간연결부(33)는 유인선체(31)와 블록선체(32)의 사이와 블록선체들(32)들 사이에 각각 설치될 수 있다. 이 경우 다수의 선체간연결부(33)는 다수의 선체(31)(32)의 길이방향 사이 또는 폭방향 사이에 설치될 수 있다.A plurality of inter-hull connections 33 may be installed between the manned hull 31 and the block hull 32 and between the block hulls 32 , respectively. In this case, the plurality of inter-hull connection parts 33 may be installed between the longitudinal direction or the width direction of the plurality of hulls 31 and 32 .
예를 들어, 다수의 선체간연결부(33)는 유인선체(31)와 블록선체(32)의 길이방향 사이에 설치되고, 블록선체들(32) 사이에서는 길이방향 사이 및 폭방향 사이에 각각 설치될 수 있다. 하지만, 경우에 따라서는 다수의 선체간연결부(33)가 블록선체들(32)의 길이방향 사이 및 폭방향 사이 중에서 어느 한 쪽에만 설치될 수도 있다. 본 실시예에서는 선체간연결부(33)가 유인선체(31)와 블록선체(32)의 길이방향 사이에 설치되고, 블록선체들(32) 사이에서는 길이방향 사이 및 폭방향 사이에 각각 설치된 예를 중심으로 설명한다. For example, a plurality of inter-hull connection parts 33 are installed between the manned hull 31 and the longitudinal direction of the block hull 32, and between the block hulls 32, respectively, installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction. can be However, in some cases, a plurality of inter-hull connecting portions 33 may be installed only on either side of between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the block hulls 32 . In this embodiment, an example in which the inter-hull connection part 33 is installed between the manned hull 31 and the block hull 32 in the longitudinal direction, and between the block hulls 32, is installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction, respectively. explained in the center.
다만, 본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부(33)는 유인선체(31)와 블록선체(32)의 사이 또는 블록선체들(32) 사이에 각각 복수 개씩 설치되거나 또는 선체들(31)(32) 간의 길이방향 사이와 폭방향 사이에 각각 한 개 이상씩 설치될 수 있다. 이에 따라 본 실시예에 따른 연결형 선박은 각 선체들(31)(32)이 상하방향으로만 동요되도록 연결될 수 있다. However, the inter-hull connection part 33 according to this embodiment is installed between the manned hull 31 and the block hull 32 or between the block hulls 32, or a plurality of each of the hulls 31 and 32 One or more of each may be installed between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the liver. Accordingly, the connection type vessel according to the present embodiment may be connected such that each of the hulls 31 and 32 is swayed only in the vertical direction.
또한, 다수의 선체간연결부(33)는 전체가 동일한 형상으로 형성될 수도 있고, 경우에 따라서는 서로 다르게 형성될 수 있다. 본 실시예에서는 다수의 선체간연결부(33)는 서로 동일한 형상으로 형성되는 예를 중심으로 설명한다.In addition, the plurality of hull-to-hull connecting portions 33 may be formed in the same shape as a whole, and in some cases may be formed differently. In this embodiment, a plurality of inter-hull connection parts 33 will be described mainly in an example in which they are formed in the same shape as each other.
본 실시예에 따른 선체간연결부(33)는 앞서 설명한 도 12의 실시예 또는 도 15와 같은 형상 또는 이와 유사한 형상으로 형성될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 도 12 및 도 15의 실시예에서는 선체간자유연결부가 쌍고리 형상 또는 유니버셜조인트와 같이 형성되는 것이나, 본 실시예에서는 선체간자유연결부가 링크 형상으로 연결되거나 선체간연결부가 배제될 수 있다. 이에 따라 본 실시예에서는 양쪽 선체[(31)(32)][32)(32)]가 복수의 선체간연결부(33)에 의해 폭방향으로는 구속되고 상하방향으로만 동요되도록 연결될 수 있다. The inter-hull connection part 33 according to this embodiment may be formed in a shape similar to that of the embodiment of FIG. 12 or FIG. 15 described above or similar thereto. For example, in the embodiment of FIGS. 12 and 15, the free connection between hulls is formed like a twin ring shape or a universal joint, but in this embodiment, the free connection between hulls is connected in a link shape or the connection between hulls is excluded can Accordingly, in the present embodiment, both hulls [31, 32] [32, 32] are constrained in the width direction by a plurality of inter-hull connecting portions 33 and may be connected to be swayed only in the vertical direction.
상기와 같이, 한 개(또는 복수 개)의 유인선체(31)에 복수의 블록선체(32)가 연결되는 경우에는 연결형 선박이 일종의 모듈 선박을 구성할 수 있다. 이를 통해, 항구에서의 정선, 하역, 적재 시간을 대폭 단축하여 여러곳을 경유하는 컨테이너선 운항특성에 최적화할 수 있다.As described above, when a plurality of block hulls 32 are connected to one (or a plurality of) manned hulls 31, the connection-type vessel may constitute a kind of module vessel. Through this, it is possible to greatly reduce the time of stopping, unloading, and loading at the port, and it can be optimized for the characteristics of container ships passing through several places.
예를 들어, 차량을 통해 운반된 컨테이너를 항구에 대기하는 블록선체(32)에 직접 하역하고, 컨테이너가 탑재된 블록선체(32)를 항구 인근 또는 공해상의 특정지점까지 이동시킨후 선체간연결부(33)를 이용하여 대양횡단 선체인 유인선체(31)에 차례대로 결속시킨다.For example, the container transported through the vehicle is directly unloaded on the block hull 32 waiting at the port, and the block hull 32 on which the container is mounted is moved to a specific point near the port or on the high seas, and then the inter-hull connection ( 33) to sequentially bind to the manned hull 31, which is a transoceanic hull.
그러면 유인선체(31)와 복수의 블록선체(32)는 한 척의 대형 컨테이너선을 이루게 되고, 이 대형 컨테이너선은 유인선체(또는 블록선체)(31)에 구비된 선박엔진을 이용하여 목적지로 항해할 수 있다. 이를 통해 적재물의 정선, 하역, 적재 시간을 줄여 대양간 원거리 항해 선박의 전체운항일수를 크게 단축할 수 있다.Then, the manned hull 31 and the plurality of block hulls 32 form one large container ship, and the large container ship sails to the destination using a ship engine provided in the manned hull (or block hull) 31 . can do. Through this, it is possible to significantly shorten the total operating days of long-distance voyages between oceans by reducing the time for stopping, unloading, and loading loads.
한편, 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 선체들 사이에는 유체저항감소판이 더 설치될 수 있다. 예를 들어 유체저항감소판은 후미선체인 블록선체들의 측면과 바닥면에서 전개되어 유체의 유동을 원활하게 안내할 수 있다. 좌우측유체저항감소판은 직선의 평판 형태로 구비되고, 하부측유체저항감소판은 선박의 하부평면과 이 평면에서 선체측면의 수직구간으로 이어지는 라운드형 곡면부의 끝단까지 연장되어 구비될 수 있다.On the other hand, although not shown in the drawings, a fluid resistance reducing plate may be further installed between the hulls. For example, the fluid resistance reducing plate can be deployed on the side and bottom surfaces of the block hulls, which are aft hulls, to smoothly guide the flow of fluid. The left and right fluid resistance reducing plates are provided in the form of a straight flat plate, and the lower side fluid resistance reducing plates may be provided extending from the lower plane of the ship to the end of the round curved portion leading from this plane to the vertical section of the hull side surface.
각각의 유체저항감소판은 유압실린더 또는 견인용와이어로프를 설치하여, 선박간 동요시 선박의 상하 변위에 해당하는 만큼 각변위하도록 형성될 수 있다. Each of the fluid resistance reducing plate may be formed to angularly displace as much as a hydraulic cylinder or a wire rope for traction is installed, corresponding to the vertical displacement of the vessel when the vessel is shaken.
상기와 같은 유체저항감소판은 연결형 선박의 항해시 서로 연결되는 선체 사이에서의 유체저항을 줄여 선박엔진의 효율을 높일 수 있다. 아울러, 유체저항감소 판은 연결형 선박의 변침 시 방향타 역할도 수행할 수 있으며, 긴급 상황 발생시 제동장치로도 활용하여 안전성을 높일 수 있다.The fluid resistance reducing plate as described above can increase the efficiency of the ship engine by reducing the fluid resistance between the hulls connected to each other during the navigation of the connected type vessel. In addition, the fluid resistance reducing plate can also serve as a rudder when changing the needle of a connected vessel, and can be used as a braking device in case of an emergency to increase safety.
한편, 전술한 실시예들에서는 항공모함을 비롯하여 해상에서 항해하는 선박을 중심으로 설명하였으나, 경우에 따라서는 해상에 설치되어 해상에서의 각종 비행체가 이착륙할 수 있는 해상 활주로에도 적용될 수 있다. On the other hand, although the above-described embodiments have been described focusing on ships sailing on the sea, including aircraft carriers, in some cases, it may be applied to a sea runway that is installed on the sea and can take off and land on various aircraft in the sea.
도 25는 본 발명에 따른 해상활주로의 일실시예를 보인 개략도이다. 25 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a sea runway according to the present invention.
도 25를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 해상활주로는 제1 해상구조물(41), 제2 해상구조물(42), 제3 해상구조물(43)이 순서대로 연결될 수 있다. 도면에서는 3개의 해상구조물이 연결된 예를 도시하였으나, 이는 필요에 따라 더 연장하거나 반대로 감축할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 25 , the offshore runway according to the present embodiment may be sequentially connected to a first offshore structure 41 , a second offshore structure 42 , and a third offshore structure 43 . Although the drawing shows an example in which three offshore structures are connected, it can be further extended or reduced conversely as needed.
제1 해상구조물(41)의 상면에는 제1 활주로(411)가 구비되고, 제2 해상구조물(42)의 상면에는 제2 활주로(421)가 구비되며, 제3 해상구조물(43)의 상면에는 제3 활주로(431)가 구비될 수 있다. A first runway 411 is provided on the upper surface of the first offshore structure 41, a second runway 421 is provided on the upper surface of the second offshore structure 42, and on the upper surface of the third offshore structure 43 A third runway 431 may be provided.
제1 해상구조물(41)의 후단과 제2 해상구조물(42)의 선단의 사이, 제2 해상구조물(42)의 후단과 제3 해상구조물(43)의 선단 사이에는 각각 구조물간연결조립체(미도시)가 설치될 수 있다. Between the rear end of the first offshore structure 41 and the front end of the second offshore structure 42, between the rear end of the second offshore structure 42 and the front end of the third offshore structure 43, respectively, an inter-structure connection assembly (not shown) city) can be installed.
구조물간연결조립체(미도시)의 구성 및 그에 따른 작용효과는 앞서 설명한 선체간연결부의 구성 및 작용효과와 동일하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 생략한다. Since the configuration of the structure-to-structure connection assembly (not shown) and the effect thereof are the same as the configuration and the effect of the connection part between the hulls described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
상기와 같이 복수의 해상구조물(41)(42)(43)에 각각의 활주로(411)(421)(431)를 구비하여 연결하되 양쪽 해상구조물을 상하동요만 구속하는 구조물간연결조립체로 연결하게 되면, 열악한 해상조건에서도 해상구조물(41)(42)(43) 간의 연결부분이 이를 능동적으로 대응하면서 해상활주로가 파손되는 것을 미연에 방지할 수 있다. As described above, each of the runways 411, 421, 431 is provided and connected to the plurality of offshore structures 41, 42, and 43, but both offshore structures are connected with an inter-structure connection assembly that restricts only up-and-down movement. In this case, it is possible to prevent in advance the damage of the sea runway while the connection part between the offshore structures 41, 42, and 43 actively responds to this even in poor sea conditions.
뿐만 아니라, 해상조건이 더욱 열악하게 되면 각각의 해상구조물(41)(42)(43) 사이를 연결한 구조물간연결조립체를 해제하여 각각의 해상구조물(41)(42)(43)을 분리하고, 각각의 해상구조물(41)(42)(43)에 탑재된 자체동력을 이용하여 신속하게 피항할 수도 있다.In addition, when the sea conditions become more severe, the inter-structure connection assembly connecting each offshore structure 41, 42, 43 is released to separate each offshore structure 41, 42, and 43, and , it is also possible to quickly evade using the self-powered power mounted on each of the offshore structures 41, 42, and 43.
한편, 도면으로 도시하지는 않았으나, 본 발명에 따른 선체간연결부는 자항능력을 갖춘 선박 외에도 해상플랜트, 시추시설, 등대, 방파제와 같이 자항능력을 갖추지 않은 해상구조물에도 동일하게 적용될 수 있다. 이 경우에도 해상구조물을 연결하는 선체간연결부의 기본적인 구성 및 그에 따른 작용효과는 전술한 실시예들과 동일하므로 이에 대한 구체적인 설명은 전술한 실시예들에서의 설명으로 대신한다. On the other hand, although not shown in the drawings, the hull-to-hull connection part according to the present invention can be equally applied to offshore structures that do not have self-navigating capability, such as offshore plants, drilling facilities, lighthouses, and breakwaters, in addition to ships with self-navigation capability. Even in this case, since the basic configuration of the inter-hull connecting part connecting the offshore structures and the effect thereof are the same as those of the above-described embodiments, a detailed description thereof is replaced with the description of the above-described embodiments.

Claims (30)

  1. 복수의 선체; 및a plurality of hulls; and
    상기 복수의 선체를 서로 연결하는 적어도 한 개 이상의 선체간연결부를 포함하고,At least one inter-hull connecting portion for connecting the plurality of hulls to each other,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 복수의 선체의 길이방향 사이와 폭방향 사이 중에서 적어도 어느 한 쪽에 설치되어, 상기 복수의 선체의 선체동요 또는 선체간 동요의 적어도 일부를 허용하도록 구비되는 연결형 선박.It is installed on at least one side of between the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the plurality of hulls, a connection type vessel provided to allow at least a part of the hull sway or inter-hull sway of the plurality of hulls.
  2. 제1항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 구비되는 제1 연결부재; 및 a first connecting member provided in a first hull among the plurality of hulls; and
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제2 선체에 구비되며, 상기 제1 연결부재에 결합되는 제2 연결부재;를 포함하고,A second connecting member provided on a second hull among the plurality of hulls and coupled to the first connecting member;
    상기 제1 연결부재와 상기 제2 연결부재는 자유회전 가능하게 연결되는 연결형 선박. The first connecting member and the second connecting member are connected to be rotatably connected to the ship.
  3. 제1항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 결합되는 선체간구속연결부를 포함하고,Including an inter-hull restraint connection part coupled to the first hull among the plurality of hulls,
    상기 선체간구속연결부는 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 결합되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel in which the hull-to-hull restraint connection part is slidably coupled in the vertical direction.
  4. 제1항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 결합되는 선체간구속연결부; 및an inter-hull restraint connection part coupled to a first hull among the plurality of hulls; and
    일단은 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제2 선체에 결합되며, 타단은 상기 선체간구속연결부에 결합되는 선체간자유연결부;를 포함하고, One end is coupled to the second hull among the plurality of hulls, and the other end includes a free inter-hull connection part coupled to the inter-hull constraint connection part;
    상기 선체간구속연결부와 상기 선체간자유연결부는 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 결합되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel in which the inter-hull constraint connection part and the inter-hull free connection part are slidably coupled in the vertical direction.
  5. 제4항에 있어서, 5. The method of claim 4,
    상기 선체간구속연결부는 상기 제1 선체에 일방향 회전 가능하게 결합되고,The inter-hull constraint connection portion is coupled to the first hull rotatably in one direction,
    상기 선체간자유연결부는 상기 제2 선체에 자유회전 가능하게 결합되는 연결형 선박.The inter-hull free connection portion is a connection-type vessel that is freely rotatably coupled to the second hull.
  6. 제4항에 있어서, 5. The method of claim 4,
    상기 선체간구속연결부는 상기 제1 선체에 고정 결합되고,The inter-hull restraint connection part is fixedly coupled to the first hull,
    상기 선체간자유연결부는 상기 제2 선체에 고정 결합되는 연결형 선박.The inter-hull free connection part is a connection type vessel that is fixedly coupled to the second hull.
  7. 제1항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 복수의 선체가 상호 상하방향으로 미끄러지도록 연결되고, 상기 복수의 선체가 상호 상하방향으로 미끄러지는 것을 구속하는 제동유닛이 더 구비되는 연결형 선박.The plurality of hulls are connected to each other to slide in the vertical direction, and a braking unit for restricting sliding of the plurality of hulls in the vertical direction is further provided.
  8. 제1항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에 구비되는 가이드레일; 및a guide rail provided on a first hull among the plurality of hulls; and
    일단은 상기 가이드레일에 결합되며, 타단은 상기 제1 선체를 마주보는 제2 선체에 결합되는 가이드블록을 포함하며,One end is coupled to the guide rail, the other end includes a guide block coupled to the second hull facing the first hull,
    상기 가이드블록은, The guide block is
    상기 제2 선체가 상기 제1 선체의 상하방향에 대해 미끄러지도록 상기 가이드레일에 결합되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel coupled to the guide rail so that the second hull slides in the vertical direction of the first hull.
  9. 제8항에 있어서,9. The method of claim 8,
    상기 가이드레일은,The guide rail is
    상하방향을 따라 연장되는 미끄럼공간; 및a sliding space extending in the vertical direction; and
    상기 미끄럼공간의 일측면에서 상기 미끄럼공간을 따라 상하방향으로 연장되는 연결슬릿이 포함되며,A connection slit extending in the vertical direction along the sliding space from one side of the sliding space is included,
    상기 가이드블록은, The guide block is
    상기 가이드레일의 미끄럼공간에 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입되는 블록부; 및a block portion slidably inserted in the vertical direction into the sliding space of the guide rail; and
    상기 블록부에서 연장되어 상기 연결슬릿을 따라 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 삽입되고, 상기 제2 선체에 연결되도록 구비되는 연결돌부를 포함하는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel extending from the block portion and slidably inserted in the vertical direction along the connection slit, and including a connection protrusion provided to be connected to the second hull.
  10. 제8항에 있어서,9. The method of claim 8,
    상기 가이드레일은 상기 제1 선체에 고정되도록 결합되고,The guide rail is coupled to be fixed to the first hull,
    상기 가이드블록은 상기 제2 선체에 선체간 동요를 허용하는 자유회전이 가능하도록 결합는 연결형 선박.The guide block is coupled to the second hull to allow free rotation to allow inter-hull sway.
  11. 제8항에 있어서,9. The method of claim 8,
    상기 가이드레일은 상기 제1 선체에 상하회전이 가능하도록 결합되고,The guide rail is coupled to the first hull to enable vertical rotation,
    상기 가이드블록은 상기 제2 선체에 선체간 동요를 허용하는 자유회전이 가능하도록 결합되는 연결형 선박.The guide block is coupled to the second hull to allow free rotation to allow inter-hull sway.
  12. 제11항에 있어서,12. The method of claim 11,
    상기 제1 선체에는 상기 가이드레일의 양단 중에서 적어도 어느 한쪽 단부가 회전 가능하게 삽입되도록 가이드커버가 구비되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel provided with a guide cover so that at least one end of the both ends of the guide rail is rotatably inserted into the first hull.
  13. 제12항에 있어서,13. The method of claim 12,
    상기 가이드커버에는 상기 가이드레일의 양단을 회전방향에 대해 탄력 지지하도록 탄성부재가 구비되는 연결형 선박.A connection-type vessel provided with an elastic member in the guide cover to elastically support both ends of the guide rail in a rotational direction.
  14. 제8항에 있어서,9. The method of claim 8,
    상기 가이드레일에는 제동슬릿이 상하방향으로 연장되고, 상기 제동슬릿의 폭방향 일측에는 상하방향으로 연장되는 제동레일이 형성되며,A braking slit extending in the vertical direction is formed on the guide rail, and a braking rail extending in the vertical direction is formed on one side of the braking slit in the width direction,
    상기 가이드블록에는 상기 제동슬릿에 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 제동돌부가 형성되고, 상기 제동돌부에는 상기 제동레일에 선택적으로 착탈되어 상기 가이드블록의 상하방향 미끄럼을 구속하는 제동유닛이 구비되는 연결형 선박.The guide block has a braking protrusion formed on the braking slit to slide in the vertical direction, and the braking protrusion is selectively attached to and detached from the braking rail to restrict the vertical sliding of the guide block.
  15. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 복수의 선체 사이에는 선체간격유지부가 더 구비되고,A hull spacing maintaining part is further provided between the plurality of hulls,
    상기 선체간격유지부는, The hull spacing maintaining part,
    마주보는 선체를 향해 상기 선체의 길이방향을 따라 선택적으로 신장되는 연결형 선박.A connected vessel that selectively extends along the longitudinal direction of the hull toward the opposing hull.
  16. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 복수의 선체는 기설정된 간격만큼 서로 이격된 상태에서 연결되고,The plurality of hulls are connected in a state spaced apart from each other by a predetermined interval,
    상기 복수의 선체의 사이에는 양쪽 선체를 연결하는 갑판간연결부가 구비되며,Between the plurality of hulls is provided an inter-deck connecting portion for connecting both hulls,
    상기 갑판간연결부는,The deck-to-deck connection part,
    일단이 상기 복수의 선체 중에서 한쪽 선체에 힌지 결합되고 타단은 다른쪽 선체에 착탈 가능하게 얹혀져 지지되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel in which one end is hinged to one hull among the plurality of hulls and the other end is detachably mounted on the other hull and supported.
  17. 제16항에 있어서,17. The method of claim 16,
    상기 갑판간연결부는 상기 선체의 길이방향을 따라 배열되는 복수의 연결플레이트로 이루어지고, The deck-to-deck connection part consists of a plurality of connection plates arranged along the longitudinal direction of the hull,
    상기 복수의 연결플레이트는 서로 힌지 결합되어 어느 한쪽 선체에 구비되는 연결플레이트승강유닛에 의해 선택적으로 지지되거나 또는 지지해제되는 연결형 선박.The plurality of connection plates are hinged to each other and selectively supported or released by a connection plate elevating unit provided on either hull.
  18. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 복수의 선체는, The plurality of hulls,
    각각 복층으로 구비되며, 하부층에는 주행가능한 주행적재물을 적재하는 격납고가 구비되고, 상부층에는 상기 주행적재물이 주행하도록 활주로가 구비되는 갑판부; 및Each is provided in multiple layers, the lower layer is provided with a hangar for loading the running load, and the upper layer is a deck portion provided with a runway for the running load to travel; and
    상기 복수의 선체에 각각 구비되어 상기 주행적재물이 주행하여 상기 갑판부의 층내 및 층간을 이동하는 주행부를 더 포함하며, It is provided on each of the plurality of hulls, further comprising a running unit for moving the running load to move between the floors and floors of the deck portion,
    상기 주행부는,The driving unit,
    상기 격납고를 이루는 하부층과 상기 활주로를 이루는 상부층에 각각 구비되는 층내주행부; 및an inner-floor running unit provided on the lower layer forming the hangar and the upper layer forming the runway, respectively; and
    상기 복수의 선체의 선수 또는 선미에 구비되어, 상기 하부층에 구비된 층내주행부와 상기 상부층에 구비된 층내주행부를 서로 연결하는 층간주행부를 포함하는 연결형 선박.A connection-type vessel comprising an interfloor running part provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls and connecting the inner running part provided in the lower layer and the inner running part provided in the upper layer to each other.
  19. 제18항에 있어서, 19. The method of claim 18,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체의 갑판부는 상부층이 하부층보다 길게 연장되고, The deck portion of the first hull among the plurality of hulls extends longer than the upper layer of the lower layer,
    상기 선체간연결부를 이루는 가이드레일은 상기 갑판부의 상부층에 고정 결합되는 연결형 선박.The guide rail constituting the inter-hull connection part is a connection type vessel that is fixedly coupled to the upper layer of the deck part.
  20. 제18항에 있어서, 19. The method of claim 18,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 제1 선체에는 상기 선체간연결부를 이루는 가이드레일의 양단 중에서 적어도 어느 한쪽 단부가 회전 가능하게 삽입되도록 가이드커버가 구비되고, A guide cover is provided on the first hull among the plurality of hulls so that at least one end among both ends of the guide rail forming the inter-hull connection part is rotatably inserted,
    상기 가이드커버는 상기 갑판부의 상부층에 고정 결합되는 연결형 선박.The guide cover is a connection type vessel that is fixedly coupled to the upper layer of the deck portion.
  21. 복수의 선체;a plurality of hulls;
    상기 복수의 선체를 연결하는 선체간연결부;an inter-hull connecting portion connecting the plurality of hulls;
    상기 복수의 선체에 각각 복층으로 구비되며, 하부층에는 주행가능한 주행적재물을 적재하는 격납고가 구비되고, 상부층에는 상기 주행적재물이 주행하도록 활주로가 구비되는 갑판부; a deck portion provided in multiple layers on each of the plurality of hulls, a hangar for loading drivable traveling loads is provided on the lower layer, and a runway provided on the upper layer to allow the traveling loads to travel;
    상기 복수의 선체에 각각 구비되어 상기 주행적재물이 주행하여 상기 갑판부의 층내 및 층간을 이동하는 주행부를 포함하는 연결형 선박.A connection-type vessel including a traveling unit provided in each of the plurality of hulls, the traveling load traveling within and between floors of the deck unit.
  22. 제21항에 있어서, 22. The method of claim 21,
    상기 주행부는,The driving unit,
    상기 격납고를 이루는 하부층과 상기 활주로를 이루는 상부층에 각각 구비되는 층내주행부; 및an inner-floor running unit provided on the lower layer forming the hangar and the upper layer forming the runway, respectively; and
    상기 복수의 선체의 선수 또는 선미에 구비되어, 상기 하부층에 구비된 층내주행부와 상기 상부층에 구비된 층내주행부를 서로 연결하는 층간주행부를 포함하는 연결형 선박.A connection-type vessel comprising an interfloor running part provided at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls and connecting the inner running part provided in the lower layer and the inner running part provided in the upper layer to each other.
  23. 제21항에 있어서, 22. The method of claim 21,
    상기 격납고는 하부층의 양단 사이에서 중앙부에 구비되고, 상기 격납고의 양쪽 측면중에서 적어도 한쪽 측면에는 상기 주행적재물이 해당 층내에서 주행하는 층내주행부가 구비되며,The hangar is provided in a central part between both ends of the lower floor, and at least one side of both sides of the hangar is provided with an inner-floor running part in which the running load travels in the corresponding floor,
    상기 복수의 선체의 선수 또는 선미에는 상기 하부층에 구비된 층내주행부를 상기 상부층에 구비된 활주로에 연결하도록 층간주행부가 구비되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel provided with an inter-level running part at the bow or stern of the plurality of hulls so as to connect the inner running part provided in the lower layer to the runway provided in the upper layer.
  24. 제23항에 있어서, 24. The method of claim 23,
    상기 층내주행부는 상기 갑판부를 따라 평행하게 형성되고, 상기 층간주행부는 상기 갑판부에 대해 경사지게 형성되는 연결형 선박.The inter-level running portion is formed in parallel along the deck portion, and the interfloor running portion is formed to be inclined with respect to the deck portion.
  25. 제24항에 있어서, 25. The method of claim 24,
    상기 층내주행부 또는 상기 층간주행부는 상기 주행적재물을 탑재하여 자동으로 이동시키는 자동이송부가 구비되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel provided with an automatic transfer unit for automatically moving the running load by mounting the running load on the inner running unit or the interfloor running unit.
  26. 제21항에 있어서, 22. The method of claim 21,
    상기 격납고는 상기 활주로를 이루는 복층 갑판에 의해 형성되고, 상기 복층 갑판은 상기 복수의 선체의 폭방향으로 개구되어 상기 격납고가 개방되는 연결형 선박.The hangar is formed by a double-decker deck forming the runway, and the multi-layered deck is opened in the width direction of the plurality of hulls to open the hangar.
  27. 제21항에 있어서,22. The method of claim 21,
    상기 갑판부에는 상기 하부층과 상기 상부층 사이를 복개하는 전자파차폐막이 구비되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel provided with an electromagnetic wave shield covering the deck portion between the lower layer and the upper layer.
  28. 제1항 내지 제27항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,28. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 27,
    상기 복수의 선체는, The plurality of hulls,
    선체의 하면에서 양쪽 측면으로 각각 관통되는 측류형성통로가 형성되고, 상기 측류형성통로에는 상기 선체의 측면방향으로 수류를 형성하도록 측류형성부재가 구비되는 연결형 선박.A side flow forming passage is formed from the lower surface of the hull to both sides, respectively, and the side flow forming passage is provided with a side flow forming member to form a water flow in the lateral direction of the hull.
  29. 제1항 내지 제27항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,28. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 27,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 적어도 한 개의 선체에는 에너지발생유닛 및 상기 에너지발생유닛에서 발생된 에너지를 다른 선체에 전달하는 에너지전송유닛이 구비되고,At least one hull among the plurality of hulls is provided with an energy generating unit and an energy transmission unit for transmitting the energy generated by the energy generating unit to another hull,
    상기 복수의 선체 중에서 다른 선체에는 상기 에너지전송유닛과 연결되어 자체동력을 구동시키는 에너지수신유닛이 구비되는 연결형 선박.A connection type vessel provided with an energy receiving unit connected to the energy transmission unit to drive its own power in another hull of the plurality of hulls.
  30. 자항능력을 가지도록 선박엔진을 구비하는 유인선체;Manned hull having a ship engine to have self-navigating ability;
    상기 유인선체에 연결되며, 상기 유인선체에 의해 항해하는 적어도 한 개 이상의 블록선체; 및at least one block hull connected to the manned hull and sailed by the manned hull; and
    상기 유인선체와 상기 블록선체의 사이 또는 상기 블록선체들 사이를 연결하는 선체간연결부를 포함하고,and an inter-hull connection part connecting between the manned hull and the block hull or between the block hulls,
    상기 선체간연결부는,The hull-to-hull connection part,
    상기 유인선체와 상기 블록선체 중에서 어느 한쪽, 또는 복수의 블록선체들 중에서 어느 한쪽 블록선체에 구비되는 가이드레일; 및a guide rail provided on either one of the manned hull and the block hull, or any one of the plurality of block hulls; and
    일단은 상기 가이드레일에 결합되며, 타단은 상기 가이드레일이 결합된 선체를 마주보는 다른 선체에 결합되는 가이드블록을 포함하며,One end is coupled to the guide rail, the other end includes a guide block coupled to the other hull facing the hull to which the guide rail is coupled,
    상기 가이드블록은, The guide block is
    서로 마주보는 선체가 상하방향으로 미끄러지게 상기 가이드레일에 결합되는 연결형 선박.A connection-type vessel in which hulls facing each other are coupled to the guide rail so as to slide in the vertical direction.
PCT/KR2021/001278 2021-02-01 2021-02-01 Connection type vessel WO2022163885A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/KR2021/001278 WO2022163885A1 (en) 2021-02-01 2021-02-01 Connection type vessel

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/KR2021/001278 WO2022163885A1 (en) 2021-02-01 2021-02-01 Connection type vessel

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022163885A1 true WO2022163885A1 (en) 2022-08-04

Family

ID=82654753

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2021/001278 WO2022163885A1 (en) 2021-02-01 2021-02-01 Connection type vessel

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022163885A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4115994B1 (en) 2021-07-09 2023-06-07 BEUMER Group GmbH & Co. KG Sorting arrangement for sorting objects and corresponding method

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20100029182A (en) * 2007-04-03 2010-03-16 래리 브레들리 켁 System and method of transporting over water with multiple vessels
EP2193988A1 (en) * 2008-12-08 2010-06-09 Mercurius Scheepvaart B.V. Coupling system and a vessel provided with such a coupling system
KR20120087168A (en) * 2009-11-11 2012-08-06 프라운호퍼 유에스에이, 인크. System for wave energy harvesting employing transport of stored energy
JP2017159767A (en) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 今治造船株式会社 Vessel
KR20180036783A (en) * 2016-04-11 2018-04-09 미쯔이 죠센 가부시키가이샤 How to ship using a ship or ship

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20100029182A (en) * 2007-04-03 2010-03-16 래리 브레들리 켁 System and method of transporting over water with multiple vessels
EP2193988A1 (en) * 2008-12-08 2010-06-09 Mercurius Scheepvaart B.V. Coupling system and a vessel provided with such a coupling system
KR20120087168A (en) * 2009-11-11 2012-08-06 프라운호퍼 유에스에이, 인크. System for wave energy harvesting employing transport of stored energy
JP2017159767A (en) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 今治造船株式会社 Vessel
KR20180036783A (en) * 2016-04-11 2018-04-09 미쯔이 죠센 가부시키가이샤 How to ship using a ship or ship

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4115994B1 (en) 2021-07-09 2023-06-07 BEUMER Group GmbH & Co. KG Sorting arrangement for sorting objects and corresponding method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022163885A1 (en) Connection type vessel
WO2016104890A1 (en) Gantry tower crane for inspecting cargo hold
WO2012053705A1 (en) Ship for transporting a liquefied natural gas storage container
WO2012050273A1 (en) Method for producing pressurized liquefied natural gas, and production system used in same
WO2012053704A1 (en) Storage container for liquefied natural gas
WO2012154015A2 (en) Structure and manufacturing method of liquefied natural gas storage container
WO2018124732A1 (en) Gas fuel-propelled container carrier
WO2017171273A1 (en) Coupling device for recovering unmanned ship and coupling control method using same
WO2013015618A2 (en) Anti-sloshing apparatus
WO2018124733A1 (en) Gas fuel-propelled container carrier
WO2023085667A1 (en) Container loading assist device, container carrier equipped with same, and container unloading method
WO2015182997A1 (en) Device for floating ship or lifting immersed boat
WO2016153173A1 (en) Maritime accident rescue system
US10363858B1 (en) Deployable amphibious runway
WO2014003366A1 (en) Floating type structure
EP2673187B1 (en) Ramp for a movable passenger bridge for a ship
AU2018265236B2 (en) Escape system
WO2023140692A1 (en) Ship
WO2016108358A1 (en) Method for installing gantry tower crane for use in cargo tank checking
KR100696022B1 (en) Build apparatus and construction for ship at the same time using launching barge and launching transfer structure
WO2016148318A1 (en) System for supplying fuel to engine of ship
WO2019245259A1 (en) Ship to which low voltage distribution is applied
WO2023085668A1 (en) Auxiliary container loading apparatus, container carrier comprising same, and container unloading method
WO2019066361A1 (en) Emergency evacuation safety facility structure to be installed on ship
WO2016148319A1 (en) System for supplying fuel to engine of ship

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21923318

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21923318

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1